Sei sulla pagina 1di 448

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

FOR

500 MW TURBOGENERATOR
WITH
WATER COOLED STATOR WINDING &
DIRECT HYDROGEN COOLED ROTOR WINDING

Project : NCTPP Stage -2 DADRI-2 x 490MW

Customer : NTPC
BHEL Order no : 10550A12901 DADRI UNIT 1
10554A12901 DADRI UNIT 2

HARIDWAR

BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LIMITED


Heavy Electrical Equipment Plant
Turbogenerators Table of Contents
General

Cover Sheet 0.0-0000 Stator End Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2150


Generator Terminal Box . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2170
GENERAL Hydraulic Testing and Anchoring of Stator 2.1-2190
Anchoring of Generator on Foundation 2.1-2191
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0-0010 Stator Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2200
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0-0030 Mounting of Stator Core in Stator Frame 2.1-2201
Notes on the Use of the Manual . . . . . . . . . 2.0-0040 Spring Support of Stator Core . . . . . . . . 2.1-2220
Operation Beyond Contract Commitment . . 2.0-0050 Stator Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2300
Safe Disposal of Turbogenerator Items 2.0-0200 Connection Diagram of Stator Winding 2.1-2301
Stator Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2303
DESCRIPTION Transposition of Stator Bars . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2305
Micalastic High Voltage Insulation . . . . 2.1-2320
Brief Description Construction of High Voltage Insulation 2.1-2321
Corona Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2330
Rating Plate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1002 Coil and End Winding Support System 2.1-2340
Generator Cross Section . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1050 Stator End Winding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2341
Generator Outline Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1056 Electrical Connection of Bars, Water Supply
Exciter Outline Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1058 and Phase Connectors . . . 2.1-2350
Design and Cooling System . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1100 Electrical Bar Connections and Water Supply 2.1-2351
Generator Cooling Gas Circuit . . . . . . . 2.1-1150 Terminal Bushings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2370
Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1210 PW Connection for Terminal Bushings and
Stator Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1230 Phase Connectors . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2371
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1300 Cooling of Terminal Bushings . . . . . . . 2.1-2372
Hydrogen Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1440 Components for Water Cooling of Stator
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1450 Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2380
Shaft Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1460 Grounding of Stator Cooling Water Manifold . . 2.1-2389
Oil Supply for Bearings and Shaft Seals . . 2.1-1510
Seal Oil System (Simplified Diagram) 2.1-1511 Rotor
Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1520
Gas System (Simplified Diagram) . . . . 2.1-1521 Rotor Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3000
Primary Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1530 Cooing of Rotor Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3100
Primary Water System (Simplified Diagram) . 2.1-1531 Cooling Scheme of Rotor Winding . . . . 2.1-3101
Rotor Winding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3300
Technical Data Rotor Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3301
Rotor End Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3310
General and Electrical Data . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1810 Rotor Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3350
Mechanical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1820 Rotor Field Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3370
Seal Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1825 Electrical and Mechanical Connection of EE
Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1826 Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3373
Primary Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1827 Rotor Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-3600
Waste Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1828
Excitation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1829 Cooler
Cooler Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1830
Reactive Capability Curve . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1850 Hydrogen Cooler (Description) . . . . . . . 2.1-4000
Load Characteristic of pilot exciter . . . 2.1-1860 Hydrogen Cooler (Drawing) . . . . . . . . . 2.1-4001
Gas Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1883
Primary Water Specification . . . . . . . . . 2.1-1885 Generator Bearings
Specification for Ion Exchange Resins 2.1-1887
Additive Specification for Alkalizer Unit 2.1-1888 Generator Bearing (Description) . . . . . 2.1-5000
Generator Bearing (Drawing) . . . . . . . . 2.1-5001
Stator Measurement of Bearing Temperature 2.1-5003
Generator Bearing Insulation . . . . . . . . 2.1-5005
Stator Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-2100

BHEL,Haridwar 2.0-0010-10550/1
0209E
Shaft Seal Tripping Scheme for Generator Electrical
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8331
Shaft Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-6000 Rotor Grounding System . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8350
Shaft Seal (Drawing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-6001 Arrangement of Brush Holders for Rotor
Grounding System. . . . . . . . . 2.1-8351
Seal Oil System
Measuring Devices and Supervisory
Seal Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7100 Equipment
Differential pressure Valve A . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7101
Differential Pressure Valve C . . . . . . . . 2.1-7103 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8400
Pressure Equalizing Control Valve. . . 2.1-7104 Temperature Transducers. . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8410
Seal Oil System Schematic Diagram . 2.1-7111 Supervision of Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8420
List of Valves for Seal Oil System. . . . 2.1-7112 Generator measuring points. . . . . . . . . 2.1-8422
Bearing Vapour Exhauster. . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7120 List of Valves for Generator System. . . . . 2.1-8423
Seal Oil Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7123 Supervision of Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8440
Seal Oil Cooler and Seal Oil Filter. . . . 2.1-7130 Supervision of Seal Oil System. . . . . . 2.1-8450
Seal oil Cooler (Drawing) . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7131 Supervision of Gas System. . . . . . . . . 2.1-8460
Seal Oil Filter (Drawing) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7132 Supervision of Primary Water System 2.1-8470
Differential Pressure Meter Syste. . . . 2.1-7150 Supervision of Exciter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8490
Exciter Measuring Points. . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8491
Gas System
Excitation System
Gas System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7200
Gas System Schematic Diagram. . . . 2.1-7211 Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9100
List of Valve for Gas System. . . . . . . . . 2.1-7212 Basic Arrangement of Brushless Excitation
CO2 Vaporiser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7230 System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9101
Gas Dryer (Refrigeration type) . . . . . . 2.1-7270 Rectifier Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9102
Rectifier Wheels and Coupling. . . . . . 2.1-9103
Primary Water System Permanent-Magnet Pilot Exciter Rotor & Fan 2.1-9104
Exciter Cross Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9110
Primary Water System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7300 Exciter Cooling Air Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9120
Primary Water System Schematic Diagram. . 2.1-7311 Stroboscope for Fuse Monitoring . . . . 2.1-9140
List of Valves for Primary Water System 2.1-7312 Exciter Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9150
Primary Water Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7320 Ground Fault Detection System for Exciter
Primary Water Cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7330 Field Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9180
Primary Water Treatment System. . . . 2.1-7340 Arrangement of Bursh Holders for Ground
Alkalizer Unit for Primary Water Circuit 2.1-7341 Fault Detection System . . 2.1-9181
Primary Water Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7343 Brush Holders for Ground Fault Detection
Primary Water Main Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7344 System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-9182
Primary Water Fine Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7345
Protective Screens at Primary Water Inlet Operation
and Outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-7349
Operating and Setting Values-General 2.3-4000
Automatic Controls Gas Quantities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-4010
Measuring Point List of Generator . . . 2.3-4030
Coolant Temperature Control. . . . . . . . 2.1-8010 Running Routine-General. . . . . . . . . . 2.3-4100
Operating Log-Generator Supervision 2.3-4120
Protective Devices Operating Log-Seal Oil System . . . . . 2.3-4150
Operating Log-Gas System . . . . . . . . 2.3-4160
Safety Equipment for Hydrogen Operation. . 2.1-8310 Operating Log-Primary Water System 2.3-4170
Waste Gas System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1-8311 Operating Log-Exciter Supervision . . 2.3-4190
List of Valves for Waste Gas System . 2.1-8312
Generator Waste Fluid System . . . . . . 2.1-8315 Start-up
Generator Mechanical Equipment Protection. 2.1-8320
Tripping Scheme for Generator Mechanical Preparations for Starting-Introduction 2.3-5000
Equipment Protection 2.1-8321 Hints for Cooler Operation. . . . . . . . . . 2.3-5003
Generator Mechanical Equipment Protection . 2.1-8323 Filling and Initial Operation of Air Side Seal
Generator Electrical Protection. . . . . . . 2.1-8330

2.0-0010-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators
Oil Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-5110 Voltage and Frequency Deviations . . 2.3-8181
Filling and Initial
GeneralOperation of Hydrogen Generator Capability With Hydrogen Coolers
Side Seal Oil Circuit . . . 2.3-5120 out of Service on Water Side 2.3-8184
Venting of Seal Oil Circuits. . . . . . . . . . 2.3-5130 Unbalanced Load-Time Curve . . . . . . 2.3-8187
Setting of Seal Oil Pressures. . . . . . . 2.3-5150 Current Overload Capability . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8188
Setting of Operating Values for Seal Oil System 2.3-5160 Runback for loss of stator coolant . . 2.3-8190
Measurement of Seal Oil Volume Flows 2.3-5163 Unloading schedule for increased cooling
Functional Testing of Pumps and Exhausters 2.3-5180 water inlet temperature . . 2.3-8191
Startup of Air Side Seal Oil Circuit . . . 2.3-5210
Startup of Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit. . . . 2.3-5220 Shutdown
Venting of Seal Oil Circuits and Checking of
Seal Oil Pressures . . 2.3-5230 Shutdown of Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8310
Checking Automatic Operation of Seal Oil Generator Shutdown Diagram . . . . . . 2.3-8311
Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-5280
Positions of Multi-Way Valves in Gas System 2.3-6107 Supervision of Generator during Standstill
Scavenging the Electrical Gas Purity Meter
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-6110 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8400
Setting Electrical Zero of Electrical Gas Purity Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8440
Meter System . . . . . . . . 2.3-6120 Seal Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8500
Purity Measurement During CO2 Filling 2.3-6130 Shutdown of Seal Oil System . . . . . . . 2.3-8510
Purity Measurement During H2 Filling 2.3-6140 Draining the air Side Seal Oil Circuit 2.3-8520
Purity Measurement During H2 Operation 2.3-6150 Draining the Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit 2.3-8521
Gas Filling-Replacing Air With CO2. . . . . . 2.3-6310 Draining the Seal Oil Signal Lines and Seal
Gas Filling-Replacing CO2 With H2. . . . . . 2.3-6320 Ring Relief Piping . . . . . 2.3-8522
N2 Purging After Filling of Primary Water Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8600
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-6810 Gas Removal-Lowering Hydrogen Gas
Pressure in Generator . . . . . . . 2.3-8610
Filling and Initial Operation of Primary Water Gas Removal-Replacing H2 with CO2 2.3-8620
System- Gas Removal-Replacing CO2 With Air 2.3-8630
N2 Purging Before Draining of Primary
Preparatory Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-7100 Water System . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8650
Filling External Part of Primary Water Circuit 2.3-7110 Primary Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8700
Filling the Water Treatment System . . 2.3-7120 Shutdown of Primary Water System for Less
Filling the Terminal Bushings and Phase Than 48 Hours . . . . . . . . 2.3-8720
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-7150 Shutdown of Primary Water System for More
Filling the Stator Winding . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-7160 Than 48 Hours . . . . . . . . 2.3-8730
Filling Primary Water Coolers on Cooling Draining the Primary Water System- PW
Water Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-7180 Coolers (Cooling Water Side) . . . . 2.3-8732
Activating Primary Water System After a Draining the Primary Water System- Stator
Shutdown of Less Than 48 Hours 2.3-7210 Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8734
Activating Primary Water System After a Draining the PW System-Terminal Bushings
Shutdown of More Than 48 Hours 2.3-7220 and Phase Connectors 2.3-8738
Activating the Primary Water Conductivity Draining the Primary Water System- Water
Meter System . . . . . . 2.3-7530 Treatment System . . . . . . . . 2.3-8746
Activating the Primary Water Volume Flow Draining the Primary Water System- External
Meter System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-7540 Part of Primary Water Circuit 2.3-8748
Initial Operation of Primary Water System - Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8900
Checks Prior to Startup . . 2.3-7610
Turning Gear Operation and Runup of Fault Tracing
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8010
Generator Startup Diagram . . . . . . . . . 2.3-8011 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9000
Permissible Synchronizing Criteria . . 2.3-8081 Stator and Generator Supervisory Equipment 2.3-9200
Coolant Temperature Control. . . . . . . 2.3-9280
On-Load Running Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9310
Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9440
Permissible Load Limits of Generator 2.3-8170 Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9450
Permissible Loading at Rated PF During Bearing Vapour Exhausters . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9521

BHEL,Haridwar 2.0-0010-10550/3
0209E
Seal Oil Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9523 Leakage Tests of Generator and Gas System 2.5-0310
Seal Oil Pressures and Temperatures 2.3-9531 Flushing the Oil Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-0320
Relief Valves in Seal Oil System 2.3-9551 Measures to Prevent Corrosion During
Oil Level in Seal Oil System . . . . . . . . 2.3-9561 Inspecitons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1003
Gas Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9640 Preventive Measures to Avoid Stress
Gas Purity Meter System . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9680 Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1005
Primary Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9720 Inspection Schedule-Foreword . . . . . . 2.5-1010
Water Pressures and Temperatures in Inspection Schedule-Stator . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1020
Primary Water System . . . . . . . . 2.3-9730 Inspection Schedule-Rotor . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1030
Filters in Primary Water System . . . . . 2.3-9740 Inspection Schedule-Coolers . . . . . . . 2.5-1040
Water Level in Primary Water Tank . . . 2.3-9760 Inspection Schedule-Bearings . . . . . . 2.5-1050
Conductivity in Primary Water System 2.3-9782 Inspection Schedule-Shaft Seals . . . . 2.5-1060
Volume Flow Rates in Primary Water System 2.3-9784 Inspection Schedule-Seal Oil System 2.5-1071
Alkalizer Unit for Primary Water System 2.3-9785 Inspection Schedule-Gas System . . . 2.5-1072
Fuses on Rectifier Wheels . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9901 Inspection Schedule-Primary Water System 2.5-1073
Exciter Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9911 Inspection Schedule-Generator Supervisory
Exciter Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9914 Equipment. . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1080
Stroboscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9941 Inspection Schedule-Excitation System 2.5-1090
Exciter Drying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9955 Measures for Preservation of Generator
Ground Fault Detection System in Exciter During Standstill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-1100
Field Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3-9980 Stator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-2000
Cementing the Joints of Profiled Gaskets. . 2.5-2120
Maintenance and supervision- Sealing Generator End Shield Joints . 2.5-2160
IR Measurements on Stator Winding 2.5-2300
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4200 Procedure for carrying out Tan delta test with
End Winding Vibration probes in position 2.5-2305
Stator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4210
Drying the Windings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-2310
Generator Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4240
Test Instruction for Stator Slot Support System
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4250
With Top Ripple Springs . . 2.5-2340
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4310
Stator Slot Support System-Radial Wedge
Seal Oil Pumps & Bearing Vapour Exhauster 2.4-4520
Movements-Test Record . . 2.5-2341
Seal Oil Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4540
Test Equipment for Stator Slot Support System 2.5-2342
Seal Oil Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4550
Instructions for Checking the Stator Slot
Gas Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4610
Support System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-2343
Primary Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4720
Rewedging of Stator Winding. . . . . . . . 2.5-2345
Primary Water Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4740
Cementing Stator Slot End Wedges at Turbine
Primary Water Coolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4750
and Exciter Ends. . . . . . 2.5-2346
Water Level in Primary Water Tank . . . 2.4-4760
Treatment of Bolted Contact Surfaces 2.5-2350
Concutivity Meter System. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4780
Rotor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-3000
Alkalizer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4785
Insulation Resistance Measurements on Rotor
Fuses on Rectifier Wheels. . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4910
and Exciter Windings 2.5-3300
Exciter Dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4925
Ultrasonic Examination of Rotor Retaining
Ventilation and Make-Up Air Filters 2.4-4930
Rings at Power Plant . . . 2.5-3357
Exciter Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4-4940
Hydrogen Coolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-4000
Ground Fault Detection System. . . . . . 2.4-4990
Insertion and Removal of Hydrogen Coolers 2.5-4100
Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-5000
Inspection
Shaft Seals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-6000
Seal Oil System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7100
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-0010
Seal Oil Pumps & Bearing Vapour Exhausters 2.5-7120
Determination of Dewpoint Temperature 2.5-0019
Seal Oil Coolers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7130
Packing,Transport, Storage of Gen Rotors 2.5-0030
Gas System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7200
Preventive Measures for Transport and
Primary Water System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7300
Storage of Generator Rotors . 2.5-0031
Primary Water Pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7320
Checking Desiccant in Gen Rotor Packing 2.5-0032
Primary Water Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7330
Insulation Resistance Measurements on
Treatment and Cleaning of Pipes in Primary
Rotor and Exciter Windings. . . . 2.5-0033
Water Circuit . . . . . . . . . 2.5-7381
Preparation of Machinery Parts . . . . . . 2.5-0200
Flushing External Part of Primary Water Circuit2.5-7382
Checking the Bearing and Seal Insulation . . 2.5-0300
Leakage Test of External Primary Water Circuit2.5-7384
Test Norms During Overhaul . . . . . . . . 2.5-0305
Excitation System-Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-9000
Checking the Insulation Resistance of Heat
2.0-0010-10550/4 Sink Insulation . . . . . . . . . . 2.5-9010
0209E Checking the Insulation at Rectifier Wheels 2.5-9011
Turbogenerators
Preface
General

This manual contains information on maintenance personnel are fully familiar with
operation and maintenance of Turbogenerator the design of the turbogenerator plant and
and its auxillary systems. have aquired thorough training in operation
and maintaining the unit.
The information has been prepared on the
assumption that the operating and The manual is subdevided into following
maintenance personnel have a basic main sections
knowledge of power plant engineering and -General
operation. It is an essential prerequisite for -Description
satisfactory operation and maintenance of the -Operation
turbogenerator that the operating and -Maintenance
-Inspection

2.0-0030-10550/1
BHEL,Haridwar 0209E
Turbogenerators
Notes on the Use of the Mannual
General

The turbogenerator instruction manual consists For the user of the manual, the identification
of the following manual sections: n u m b e r i s a s u ff i c i e n t r e f e r e n c e f o r l o c a t i n g a
particular instruction number must be indicated.
Q 2.0 General
Q 2.1 Description
Q 2.3 Operation Instruction Number
Q 2.4 Maintenanceand Supervision
Q 2.5 Inspection The instruction number consists of the manual
section number, the identification number, the variant
number, the page number, and the date with the
language symbol.
Each section contains a number of separate
instructions. Manual section number

The manual contains a Table of Contents together Identification number


with a List of Effective Pages. Please check your
Variant number
manual against this list and advise if there are any
omissions. Page number

Identification Number 2.0 - 0040 - 00009 / 1


1205 E
The identification number consists of the above
mentioned section number, supplemented by a four-
Language (English)
digit code number. It is indicated in the bottom most
line of the pages. Date (mm yy)

BHEL,Haridwar 2.0-0040-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Operation Beyond Contract
Commitment
General

The Turbogenerator set has been designed and increase in Copper temperature, thermal expansion
manufactured to meet the contract commitment as and higher insulation stresses. Such operation is not
regards to the capability for the continuous operation permitted by the manufacturer.
or variable load operation below maximum continuous
rating with an aim to achieve objective of securing Continued operation of unit without recommended
long life and trouble free operation. scheduled maintenance will eventually result in
increased maintenance and reduction in the useful
Because of the margin provided in the design, it life of the machine. BHEL cannot be responsible for
may be possible to operate the turbogenerator at any malfunctioning occurring as a result of operation
overloads for the time specified in the manual. beyond the contract limits and operation of machine
However, such operations although possible for the without carrying out scheduled maintainance/
short time will encroach upon the design margin built inspection. Such operation if undertaken by the user
into the generator. must be at his own risk.

The Turbogenerator is designed to operate within BHEL reserves the right of changing the operation
the temperature rise in accordance with EC standard. and maintainance instructions based on experience
Operating the generator in excess of the capability gained.
curves which are part of this O & M Manual will cause

BHEL,Haridwar 2.0-0050-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Safe Disposal of Turbogenerator Items
General

In line with ISO 14001 requirements HEEP-BHEL, exposure of fluoro-elastomers like O-rings, rubbers etc.
Haridwar has adopted an Environmental policy and at very high temperature above 400 degree C, in extreme
has pledged to fulfil its responsibility of protecting case of fire etc, should be disposed with great care, such
and conserving the environment around itself. as very high incineration.

The materials, which are scrapped during b) Insulation:


inspections and capital overhaul after consumption of
their useful life, are disposed in an environment friendly Insulation material should be disposed by very high
manner to protect our natural resources and control incineration.
environment pollution.
c) Plastics and glass:
Guidelines given in the following paragraphs can
go a long way in planning the activity of scrapping the May be disposed as scrap material for recycling and
hazardous material effectively in an echo friendly reuse.
manner.
3. Lubricating Oil and Grease:
A proper system of waste disposal should also be
evolved and its compliance ensured and necessary These items can be disposed/recycled/ reused as
precautions as published from time to time adhered to follows:
while disposing hazardous material.
a) Lubricating Oil :
Generator is manufactured mainly from three
types of items namely, To be recycled after cleaning as far as possible. After
it has become unserviceable, it may be disposed as
1. Metals:
follows:
Structured steel, Cast steel, Forged steel, brass,
bronze etc. Send the discarded oil to registered refiners who
have facilities to reclaim the oil by
2. Non Metals:

Rubber, insulation, plastics, glass etc. - physio-chemical treatment for further use in
noncritical applications.
3. Lubricating oil and Greases.
- send the used oil to parties who are licensed to
Disposal of Generator wastes: handle and dispose used lubricating oil.
1. Metals: - burn off the discarded oil in boiler furnace by
mixing with fuel oil.
May be disposed as scrap metal for recycling and
reuse. b) Grease:

2. Non- Metals:
It may be disposed for reuse as low-grade
a) Rubber: lubrication.

Residue of fluoro-elastomer products, obtained by

BHEL,Haridwar 2.0-0200-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Rating Plate Data for Generator
General

Project name: NCTPP Stage-II DADRI Unit-1 10550A12901


Unit-2 10554A12901

BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LTD

KW : 490,000 P.F. 0.85 Lag


KVA : 577,000 Hz : 50

R.P.M : 3000 Type: THDF 115/59

Insulation : Class F Spec. IS: 5422 IEC: 34


I I
Volts 21000 Phase 3
Stator
Amps 16200 Conn. YY

Volts 334 Coolant: Hydrogen & Water


Rotor
Amps 3973 Gas Pressure : 3.5 Kg/cm2 (g)

MADE IN INDIA DIV : Haridwar

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1002-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Generator Cross Section

General

2.1-1050-10550/1
BHEL,Haridwar 0209E
Turbogenerators General Outline Drawing
General

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1056-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Exciter Outline Drawing
ELR 70/90-30/6-20
General
ELR 50/42-30/16

Weights:
Total Weight 39 300 kg
Rotor 7 550 kg
Coolers (without water) 1 860 kg

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1058-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Design and Cooling System

1. General by the fan from the air gap and delivered to the coolers,
where it is re-cooled and then divided into three flow
The two-pole generator uses direct water cooling paths after each cooler.
for the stator winding, phase connectors and bushings Flow path I is directed into the rotor at the turbine
and direct hydrogen cooling for the rotor winding. The end below the fan hub for cooling of the turbine end half
losses in the remaining generator components, such as of the rotor.
iron losses, windage losses and stray losses, are also Flow path II is directed from the coolers to the
dissipated through hydrogen. individual frame compartments for cooling of the stator
The generator frame is pressure-resistant and gas core.
tight and equipped with one stator end shield on each Flow path III is directed to the stator end winding
side. The hydrogen coolers are arranged vertically inside space at the excitor end through guide ducts in the frame
the turbine end stator end shield. for cooling of the exciter end half of the rotor and of the
The generator consists of the following components : core end portions.
• Stator The three flows mix in the air gap. The gas is then
Stator frame returned to the coolers via the axial-flow fan.
End shields The cooling water flow through the hydrogen
Stator core coolers should be automatically controlled to maintain a
Stator winding uniform generator temperature level for various loads
Hydrogen coolers and cold water temperatures.

• Rotor 4. Cooling of Rotor


Rotor shaft
Rotor winding For direct cooling of the rotor winding, cold gas is
Rotor retaining rings directed to the rotor end windings at the turbine and
Field connections excitor ends. The rotor winding is symmetrical relative
• Bearings to the generator center line and pole axis. Each coil
Shaft seals quarter is divided into two cooling zones. The first cooling
zone consists of the rotor end winding and the second
The following additional auxiliaries are required for one of the winding portion between the rotor body end
generator operation : and the mid-point of the rotor. Cold gas is directed to
• Oil system each cooling zone through separate openings directly
• Gas system before the rotor body end. The hydrogen flows through
• Primary water system each individual conductor in closed cooling ducts. The
• Excitation system heat removal capacity is selected such that
approximately identical temperatures are obtained for
2 Cooling System all conductors. The gas of the first cooling zone is
discharged from the coils at the pole center into a
The heat losses arising in the generator interior are collecting compartment within the pole area below the
dissipated to the secondary coolant (raw water, end winding. From there the hot gas passes into the air
condensate etc.) through hydrogen and primary water. gap through pole face slots at the end of the rotor body.
Direct cooling essentially eliminates hot spots and The hot gas of the second cooling zone is discharged
differential temperatures between adjacent components into the air gap at mid-length of the rotor body through
which could result in mechanical stresses, particularly radial openings in the hollow conductors and wedges.
to the copper conductors, insulation, rotor body and
stator core. 5. Cooling of Stator Core

3. Hydrogen Cooling Circuit For cooling of the stator core, cold gas is admitted
to the individual frame compartments via separate
The hydrogen is circulated in the generator interior cooling gas ducts.
in a closed circuit by one multi-stage axial-flow fan From these frame compartments the gas then flows
arranged on the rotor at the turbine end. Hot gas is drawn into the air gap through slots in the core where it absorbs

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1100-10550/1
0209E
the heat from the core. To dissipate the higher losses in cooled water flow is divided into two flow paths as
the core ends, the cooling gas slots are closely spaced described in the following paragraphs.
in the core end sections to ensure effective cooling. Flow path 1 cools the stator windings. This flow
These ventilating ducts are supplied with cooling gas path first passes to a water manifold on the excitor end
directly from the end winding space. Another flow path of the generator and from there to the stator bars via
is directed from the stator end winding space past the insulated hoses. Each individual bar is connected to the
clamping fingers between the pressure plate and core manifold by a separate hose. Inside the bars the cooling
end section into the air gap. A further flow path passes water flows through hollow strands. At the turbine end,
into the air gap along either side of the flux shield. the water is passed through similar hoses to another
All the flows mix in the air gap and cool the rotor water manifold and then returned to the primary water
body and stator bore surfaces. The gas is then returned tank. Since a single pass water flow through the stator
to the coolers via the axial-flow fan. To ensure that the is used, only a minimum temperature rise is obtained for
cold gas directed to the exciter end cannot be directly both the coolant and the bars. Relative movements due
discharged into the air gap, an air gap choke is arranged to different thermal expansions between the top and
within the range of the stator end winding cover and the bottom bars are thus minimized.
rotor retaining ring at the exciter end. Flow path 2 cools the phase connectors and
bushings. The bushings and phase connectors consist
6. Primary Cooling water Circuit in the Generator of thick-walled copper tubes through which the cooling
water is circulated. The six bushings and the phase
The treated water used for cooling of the stator connectors arranged in a circle around the stator end
winding phase connectors and bushings is designated winding are hydraulically interconnected so that three
as primary water in order to distinguish it from the parallel flow paths are obtained. The primary water enters
secondary coolant (raw water, condensate, etc.). The three bushings and exits from the three remaining
primary water is circulated in a closed circuit and bushings.
dissipates the absorbed heat to the secondary cooling The secondary water flow through the primary water
water in the primary water cooler. The pump is supplied cooler should be controlled automatically to maintain a
with hot primary water from the primary water tank and uniform generator temperature level for various loads
delivers the water to the generator via the coolers. The and cold water temperatures.

2.1-1100-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Generator Cooling Gas Circuit

General

Section A-B

Section E-F

Note: The cross section may not match with the generator described in this manual 2.1-1150-10550/1
BHEL,Haridwar 0209E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Stator

1. Stator Frame 2. Stator Core

The stator frame consists of a cylindrical section T h e s t a t o r c o r e i s s ta c k e d f r o m i n s u l a t e d


body and two end shields which make the stator gas- electrical sheet-steel laminations and mounted in
tight and pressure-resistant. supporting rings over insulated dovetailed guide bars.
The stator end shields are joined and sealed to Axial compression of the stator core is obtained by
the stator frame with an O-ring and bolted flange clamping fingers, pressure plates, and non-magnetic
connection. The stator frame accommodates the through-type clamping bolts, which are insulated from
electricity active parts of the stator, i.e., the stator core the core. The supporting rings form part of an inner
and the stator windings. Both the gas ducts and a frame cage. This cage is suspended in the outer frame
large number of welded circular ribs provide for the by a large number of separate flat springs distributed
rigidity of the stator frame. Ring-shaped supports for over the entire core length. The flat springs are
resilient core suspension are arranged between the tangentially arranged on the circumference in sets
circular ribs. The generator cooler is subdivided into with three springs each, i.e. two vertical supporting
cooler sections arranged vertically in the turbine side springs on both sides of the core and one horizontal
stator end shield. In addition, the stator end shields stabilizing spring below the core. The springs are so
contain the shaft seal and bearing components. Feet arranged and tuned that forced vibrations of the core
are welded to the stator frame and end shields to resulting from the magnetic field will not be transmitted
support the stator on the foundation. The stator is to the frame and foundation.
firmly connected to the foundation with anchor bolts The pressure plates and end portions of the
through the feet. stator core are effectively shielded against stray
magnetic fields. The flux shields are cooled by flow
of hydrogen gas directly over the assembly.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1210-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Stator Winding

1. Construction as pressurizing medium (VPI process). The


impregnated bars are formed to the required shape
Stator bars, phase connectors and bushings are in molds and cured in an oven at high temperature.
designed for direct water cooling. In order to minimize The high-voltage insulation obtained is nearly void-
the stray losses, the bars are composed of separately free and is characterized by its excellent electrical,
insulated strands which are transposed by 540° in the mechanical and thermal properties in addition to being
slot portion and bending, the end turns are likewise fully waterproof and oil-resistant. To minimize corona
bonded together with baked synthetic resin fillers. discharges between the insulation and the slot wall,
The bars consist of hollow and solid strands a final coat of semiconducting varnish is applied to
distributed over the entire bar cross-section so that the surfaces of all bars within the slot range. In
good heat dissipation is ensured. At the bar ends, all addition, all bars are provided with an end corona
the solid strands are jointly brazed into a connecting protection, to control the electric field at the transition
sleeve and the hollow strands into a water box from from the slot to the end winding and to prevent the
which the cooling water enters and exits via teflon formation of creepage spark concentrations.
insulating connection between top and bottom bars
is made by a bolted connection at the connecting 3. Bar Support System
sleeve.
The water manifolds are insulated from the stator To protect the stator winding against the effects
frame, permitting the insulation resistance of the of magnetic forces due to load and to ensure
water-filled winding to be measured. During operation, permanent firm seating of the bars in the slots during
the water manifolds are grounded. operation, the bars are inserted with a top ripple spring
located beneath the slot wedge. The gaps between
2. Micalastic High-Voltage Insulation the bars in the stator end windings are completely
filled with insulating material which in turn is fully
High-voltage insulation is provided according to supported by the frame. Hot-curing conforming fillers
the proven Micalastic system. With this insulating arranged between the stator bars and the support ring
system, several half-overlapped continuous layers of ensure a firm support of each individual bar against
mica tape are applied to the bars. The mica tape is the support ring. The bars are clamped to the support
built up from large area mica splittings which are ring with pressure plates held by clamping bolts made
sandwiched between two polyester backed fabric from a high-strength insulating material. The support
layers with epoxy as an adhesive. The number of ring is free to move axially within the stator frame so
layers, i.e., the thickness of the insulation depends t h a t m o v e m e n ts o f t h e w i n d i n g d u e t o t h e r m a l
on the machine voltage. The bars are dried under expansions are not restricted.
vacuum and impregnated with epoxy resin which has The stator winding connections are brought out
very good penetration properties due to its low to six bushings located in a compartment of welded
viscosity. After impregnation under vacuum, the bars non-magnetic steel below the generator at the exciter
are subjected to pressure, with nitrogen being used end. Current transformers for metering and relaying
purposes can be mounted on the bushings.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1230-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Rotor

1. Rotor Shaft The slot wedges are made of high-conductivity material


and extend below the shrunk seat of the retaining ring.
The rotor shaft is a single-piece solid forging The seat of the retaining ring is silver-plated to ensure a
manufactured from a vacuum casting. Slots for insertion good electrical contact between the slot wedges and
of the field winding are milled into the rotor body. The rotor retaining rings. This system has long proved to be
longitudinal slots poles are obtained. The rotor poles are a good damper winding.
designed with transverse slots to reduce twice system
frequency rotor vibrations caused by deflections in the 3. Retaining Rings
direction of the pole and neutral axis.
To ensure that only high-quality forging is used, The centrifugal forces of the rotor end windings are
strength tests, material analysis and ultrasonic tests are contained by single-piece rotor retaining rings. The
performed during manufacture of the rotor. retaining rings are made of non-magnetic high-strength
After completion, the rotor is balanced in various steel in order to reduce stray losses. Each retaining ring
planes at different speeds and then subjected to an with its shrink-fitted insert ring is shrunk onto the rotor
overspeed test at 120% of rated for two minutes. body in an overhung position. The retaining ring is
secured in the axial position by a snap ring.
2. Rotor Winding
4. Field Connections
The rotor winding consists of several coils which
are inserted into the slots and series connected such The field current is supplied to the rotor winding
that two coil groups form one pole. Each coil consists of through radial terminal bolts and two semicircular
several series connected turns, each of which consists conductors located in the hollow bores of the exciter and
of two half turns which are connected by brazing in the rotor shafts. The field current leads are connected to
end section. the exciter leads at the exciter coupling with
The rotor winding consists of silver-bearing m u l t i c o n ta c t plug-in contact which allow for
deoxidized copper hollow conductors with two lateral unobstructed thermal expansion of the field current
cooling ducts. L-shaped strips of laminated epoxy glass leads.
fiber fabric with Nomex filler are used for slot insulation.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1300-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Hydrogen Cooler

The hydrogen cooler is a shell and tube type heat


exchanger which cools the hydrogen gas in the
generator. The heat removed from the hydrogen is
dissipated through the cooling water. The cooling water
flows through the tubes, while the hydrogen is passed
around the finned tubes.
The hydrogen cooler is subdivided into identical
sections which are vertically mounted in the turbine-end
stator end shield. The cooler sections are solidly bolted
to the upper half stator end shield, while the attachment
at the lower water channel permits them to move freely
to allow for expansion.
The cooler sections are parallel-connected on their
water sides. Shut-off valves are installed in the lines
before and after the cooler sections. The required cooling
water flow depends on the generator output and it is
adjusted by control valves on the hot water side.
Controlling the cooling water flow on the outlet side
ensures an uninterrupted water flow through the cooler
sections so that proper cooler performance will not-be
impaired.

1 2
1 Cooler
2 Stator end shield

Fig.1 Arrangement of Hydrogen Cooler

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1440-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Bearings

The sleeve bearings are provided with hydraulic


shaft lift oil during start-up and turning gear operation.
To eliminate shaft currents, all bearings are insulated
from the stator and base plate, respectively. The
temperature of the bearings is monitored with
thermocouples embedded in the lower bearing sleeve
so that the measuring points are located directly below
the babbitt. Measurement and any required recording
of the temperatures are performed in conjunction with
the turbine supervision. The bearings have provisions
f o r f i t t i n g v i b r a t i o n p i c k u ps t o m o n i t o r b e a r i n g
vibrations.

1 2 3

1 Connection for shaft lift oil


2 Thermocouple
3 Bearing sleeve

Fig.1 Bearing

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1450-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Shaft Seals

The points where the rotor shaft passes through the sealing gap from the seal ring chamber via radial
the stator casing are provided with a radial seal ring. bores and the air side annular groove in the seal ring.
The seal ring is guided in the seal ring carrier which is To ensure effective sealing, the seal oil pressures in the
bolted to the seal ring carrier flange and insulated to annular gap are maintained at a higher level than the
prevent the flow of shaft currents. The seal ring is lined gas pressures within the generator casing. The air side
with babbitt on the shaft journal side. The gap between seal oil pressure is set at slightly higher than the
the seal ring and the shaft is sealed withseal oil on hydrogen side seal oil pressure. The hydrogen side seal
hydrogen side and air side. The hydrogen side seal oil oil is returned to the seal oil system through ducts below
is supplied to the seal ring via an annular groove in the the bearing compartments. The oil drained on the air
seal guide. This seal oil is fed to the hydrogen side side is returned to the seal oil storage tank together with
annular groove in the seal ring and from there to the the bearing oil.
sealing gap via several bores uniformly distributed on On the air side, pressure oil is supplied laterally to
the circumference. The air side seal oil is supplied to the seal ring via an annular groove. This ensures free
movement of the seal ring in the radial direction.

Fig.1 Shaft Seal

1 Seal ring carrier flange 7 Rotor shaft 13 Annular groove for air side seal oil
2 Seal 8 Oil wiper ring (H2 side) 14 Babbit
3 Insulation 9 Seal ring carrier 15 Seal ring
4 Seal ring chamber 10 Annular groove for hydrogen side seal oil 16 Annular groove for pressure oil
5 Inner labyrinth ring 11 Seal oil inlet bore (H2 side) 17 Oil wiper ring (air side)
6 Seal strip 12 Annular groove for hydrogen side seal oil 18 Seal oil groove

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1460-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Oil supply for Bearings and Shaft Seals

1 Bearing Oil System The hydrogen side seal oil pressure required at the
seals is controlled separately for each shaft seals by
The generator and exciter bearings are connected respective pressure equalizing valves, according to the
to the turbine lube oil supply. preset pressure difference between the hydrogen side
and air side seal oil.
2 Seal Oil System Oil drained from the hydrogen side is returned to
the seal oil tank via the generator pre-chambers. Two
2.1 Construction float-operated valves keep the oil level at a
The shaft seals are supplied with seal oil from two predetermined level, thus preventing gas from entering
seal oil circuits which consist of the following principal the suction pipe of the seal oil pump (hydrogen side).
components. The low level float-operated valve compensates for the
Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit : low oil level in the tank by admitting oil from the air side
seal oil circuit. The high level float-operated valve drains
Q Seal oil tank excess oil into the seal oil storage tank. The hydrogen
Q Seal oil pump entrapped in the seal oil comes out of the oil in the seal
Q Oil cooler 1 oil storage tank and is extracted by the bearing vapor
Q Oil cooler 2 exhauster for being vented to the atmosphere above the
Q Seal oil filter power house roof. During normal operation, the high level
Q Differential pressure valve C float-operated drain valve is usually open to return the
Q Pressure equalizing valve TE excess air side seal oil, which flowed to the hydrogen
Q Pressure equalizing valve EE. side via the annular gaps of the shaft seals, to the air
side seal oil circuit.
Air Side Seal Oil Circuit :
2.3 Air Side Seal Oil Circuit
Q Seal oil storage tank The air side seal oil is drawn from the seal oil
Q Seal oil pump 1 storage tank and delivered to the seals via a cooler and
Q Seal oil pump 2 filter by seal oil pump 1. In the event of its failure, seal
Q Standby seal oil pump oil pump 2 automatically takes over the seal oil supply.
Q Oil cooler 1 Upon failure of seal oil pump 2, the standby seal oil pump
Q Oil cooler 2 is automatically started and takes over the seal oil supply
Q Seal oil filter to the shaft seals. In the event of a failure of the seal oil
Q Differential pressure valve A1 pump of the hydrogen side seal oil circuit, the seal oil is
Q Differential pressure valve A2 taken from the air side seal oil circuit.
The air side seal oil pressure required at the seals
2.2 Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit is controlled by differential pressures valve A1 according
The seal oil drained towards the hydrogen side is to the preset value, i.e. the required pressure difference
collected in the seal oil tank. The associated seal oil between seal oil pressure and hydrogen pressure. In the
pump returns the oil to the shaft seals via a cooler and event of a failure, i.e. when the seal oil for the seals is
filter. The hydrogen side seal oil pressure required obtained from the standby seal oil pump, differential
downstream of the pump is controlled by differential pressure valve A2 takes over this automatic control
pressure valve C according to the preset reference value, function.
i.e. the preset difference between air side and hydrogen The seal oil drained from the air side of the shaft
side seal oil pressures. seals is directly returned to the seal oil storage tank.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1510-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Seal Oil System

General (Simplified Diagram)

Air side seal oil circuit Hydrogen side seal oil circuit

1 Seal ring 7 Generator Prechamber


2 Seal oil storage tank 8 Pressure equalizing control valve
3 Seal oil pump 9 Seal oil tank
4 “A” valve 10 Seal oil filter
5 Seal oil cooler 11 “C” valve
6 Seal oil filter 12 Seal oil cooler
13 Seal oil pump

Hydrogen side seal oil


Air side seal oil
Pressure oil for seal ring relief
Hydrogen

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1511-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Gas System

1 General following reasons.

The gas system contains all equipment • To prevent the formation of a vacuum due to
different thermal expansions of the primary water
necessary for filling the generator with CO 2 , hydrogen
or air and removal of these media, and for operation & tank.
of the generator filled with hydrogen. In addition, the • To ensure that the primary water in the pump
suction line is at a pressure above atmospheric
gas system includes a nitrogen (N 2 ) supply. The gas
system consists of : pressure so as to avoid pump cavitation.

• To ensure that the primary water circuit is at a


pressure above atmospheric pressure so as to
• H 2 supply
avoid the ingress of air on occurrence of a leak.
• CO 2 supply

• N 2 supply

• Pressure reducers 3 Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 ) Supply

• Pressure gauges
As a precaution against explosive hydrogen air
• Miscellaneous shutoff valves
mixtures, the generator must be filled with an inert
• Purity metering equipment
gas (CO 2 ) prior to H 2 filling and H 2 removal.
• Gas dryer
The generator must be filled with CO 2 until it is
• CO 2 flash evaporator
positively ensured that no explosive mixture will form
• Flowmeters
during the subsequent filling or emptying procedures.
2 Hydrogen (H 2 ) Supply
4 Compressed Air Supply
2.1 Generator Casing
The heat losses arising in the generator are To remove CO 2 from the generator, compressed
dissipated through hydrogen. The heat dissipating air is to be admitted into the generator.
capacity of hydrogen is eight times higher than that The compressed air must be clean and dry. For
of air. For more effective cooling, the hydrogen in the this reason, a compressed air filter is installed in the
generator is pressurized. filter line.

2.2 Primary Water Tank 5 Nitrogen (N 2 ) Supply


A nitrogen environment is maintained above the
primary water in the primary water tank for the Nitrogen is required for removing the hydrogen
or air during primary water filling and emptying
procedures.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1520-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Gas System

General Simplified Diagram

1 H2 bottle 10 Gas drier fan


2 H2 pressure reducer 11 Gas drier chamber
3 N2 bottle 12 CO2 /H2 purity transmitter
4 N2 pressure reducer 13 Dehydrating filter for measuring gas
5 Primary water tank 14 Pressure reducer for measuring gas
6 Pressure controller 15 Compressed air hose
7 Upper generator gas header 16 Compressed air filter
8 Lower generator gas header 17 CO2 flash evaporator
9 Gas drier heater 18 CO2 bottle

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1521-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators General Design Features

General Primary Water System

1 General returned to the primary water tank. The gas pressure


above the water level in the primary water tank is
The primary water required for cooling is maintained constant by a pressure regulator.
circulated in a closed circuit by a separate pump. To
ensure uninterrupted generator operation, two full- 2 Primary Water Tank
capacity pumps are provided. In the event of a failure
of one pump, the standby pump is immediately ready The primary water tank is located on top of the
for service and cuts in automatically. Each pump is stator frame on an elastic support, thus forming the
driven by a separate motor. highest point of the entire primary water circuit in
All valves, pipes and instruments coming into terms of static head.
contact with the primary water are made from stainless
steel material. 3 Primary Water Treatment System
T h e p r i m a r y w a t e r s y s t e m c o n s i s ts o f t h e
following principal components : The direct contact between the primary water and
the high-voltage windings calls for a low conductivity
• Primary water tank of the primary water. During operation, the electrical
• Primary water pumps conductivity should be maintained below a value of
• Cooler approximately 1 μmho/cm. In order to maintain such
• Primary water filter a low conductivity it is necessary to provide for
• Fine filter continuous water treatment. During operation, a small
• Ion exchanger quantity of the primary water flow should therefore
• Alkalyser unit be continuously passed through the ion exchanger
located in the bypass of the main cooling circuit. The
As illustrated in the diagram, the primary water ion exchanger resin material required replacement
admitted to the pump from the tank is first passed via during operation of the generator, since with the water
the cooler and fine filter to the water manifold in the treatment system out of service, the conductivity will
generator interior and then to the bushings. After rise very slowly.
having performed its cooling function, the water is

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1530-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Primary Water System

General (Simplified Diagram)

Primary water circuit, general


Coolant flow : stator winding
Coolant flow : main bushings and phase connectors
Water treatment
Waste gas
Hydrogen

1 Primary water tank 7 Bypass line


2 Pressure regulator 8 Cooling water for stator winding
3 Waste gas to atmosphere 9 Ion exchanger
4 Pump 10 Cooling water for main bushings and phase connectors
5 Cooler 11 Teflon hose
6 Filter 12 Cooling water manifold
13 Alkaliser unit

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-153110550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Technical Data
Description General and Electrical Data

General
Project name NCTPP DADRI Stage II unit I &2
Generator Type THDF 115/59
Main Exciter Type ELR 70/90-30/6-20
Pilot exciter Type ELP 50/42-30/16
Year of manufacture 2008-09

Rated Data and Outputs Turbogenerator Main Exciter Pilot Excitor


Apparent power 577MVA - 65 kVA
Active power 490MW 3780 kW -
Current 15.85 kA 6300 A 195 A
Voltage 21 kV + 1.05 kV 600 V 220 V + 22 V
Speed 50s-1 50s-1 50 s-1
Frequency 50 Hz - 400 Hz
Power factor 0.85 (lag) - -
Inner connection of stator winding YY - -
H2 pressure 3.5 bar (g) - -
Cont. perm. unbalanced Load 8% - -
Rated field current for rated output 3973 A - -
Rated field voltage 334 V - -
The machines are designed in conformity with IEC-34 and should be operated according to these specifications.
The field current is no criterion of the load carrying capacity of the turbogenerator.

Resistance in Ohms at 20°C Turbogenerator Main Excitor Pilot Excitor


U-X 0.001445 ohms U-0 0.002518 ohms
Stator Winding V-Y 0.001445 ohms F1-F2 0.592 ohms V-0 0.002538 ohms
W-Z 0.001445 ohms W-0 0.002529 ohms
U-V 0.00046 ohms
Rotor Winding F1-F2 0.06700 ohms U-W 0.00046 ohms
V-W 0.00046 ohms

Rectifier Wheel
Number of fuses 30
-
per rectifier wheel (800 V, 800 A)
Fuse, resistance approx. 150 μ ohms -
Number of diodes
-
per rectifier wheel 60
Action Required:
Number of fuses blown per 2 fuses Switch off field forcing
bridge arm and rectifier wheel 3 fuses Shutdown turbine-generator, replace
fuses and diodes.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1810-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Mechanical Data

Torques, Critical Speed etc. Torques and Units


Speeds

Maximum short-circuit torque of stator at


14585 knm
line-to-line single-phase short-circuit

Moment of inertia of generator rotor shaft 10000 kgm2


h1 864
Critical speed (calculated) h2 2388 RPM
(Generator + Exciter coupled) h3 4680

Generator Volume and Filling Quantities Volume Units


Generator volume (gas volume) 80 m3
CO2 filling quantity*** 160 m3 (s.t.p.)*
H2 filling quantity (to 3.5 bar)** 480 m3 (s.t.p.)*

Weights Weight units


Stator with end shields and coolers 360000 kg
Shipping weight of stator 265000 kg
Stator end shield, upper part TE 22066 kg
Stator end shield, upper part EE 6665 kg
Stator end shield, lower part, TE 24200 kg
Stator end shield, lower part, EE 9950 kg
Rotor 68000 kg
H2 cooler section, including water channels 1770 kg
Gas dryer 950 kg
One seal oil cooler (air side) 320 kg
One seal oil cooler (H2 side) 250 kg
One primary water cooler 90 kg
Exciter rotor 7550 kg

Component Material Component Material


Rotor shaft 26NiCrMoV145 Electrical sheet-steel 1.5 W/Kg at 1 Tesla 0.5 mm TK

Rotor copper CuAg0.1PF25 Stator copper E-Cu58F20


Rotor wedges CuCoBeZr Bearing babbitt Babbitt V 738
Retaining rings X8CrMnN1818K Seal rings babbitt Babbitt V 738
Damper wedges CuAg0.1F25

o
* s.t.p. = Standard temperature and pressure, 0 C and 1.013 bar to DIN 1343
** Volume required with unit at standstill. With the unit on the turning gear, the volume will be higher.
*** CO2 quantity kept on stock must always be sufficient for removal of the existing hydrogen filling.
All values are approximate.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1820-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Seal Oil System

Design Data
Seal oil pumps -1,2 (Air Side) MKW 11 AP 001 and
MKW 21 AP 001
Kind of pump Three Screw pump
Type T3S - 52/54
Capacity 258 LPM
Discharge pressure 12Kg/Cm2
Pump motor CGL, ND132M
Rating 7.5 KW
Voltage/ frequency 415V, 3 Ph AC 50Hz
Current 13.6 A
Speed 1455 RPM
Type of enclosure TEFC, IP55
Nos. 2x100% capacity

Seal oil pump -3 ( Air side) MKW 31 AP 001


Kind of pump Three Screw pump
Type T3S - 52/54
Capacity 258 LPM
Discharge pressure 12 Kg/cm2
Pump motor CGL, AFS 225L
Rating 8.5 KW
Voltage 220 V DC
Current Armature 67 A
Speed 1450 RPM
Type of enclosure TEFC , IP55
Nos. 1x100% capacity

Seal oil pump (H2 side) MKW 13 AP 001


Kind of pump Three Screw pump
Type T3S - 52/46
Capacity 130 LPM
Discharge pressure 12 kg/cm2
Pump motor CGL, ND 132M
Rating 4 KW
Voltage/ frequency
415V, 3 Ph AC 50Hz
Current
9.3 A
Speed
945 RPM
Type of enclosure
TEFC, IP55
Nos.
1x100% capacity
Seal oil filters MKW 51 BT 001, MKW 51 BT 002,
MKW 53 BT 001 & MKW 53 BT 002
Kind of filter
Strainer-type filter
Type
2.32.9 Ma (M/s Boll & Kirch)
Volumetric flow rate
4.16 dm3/s
Degree of filtration
100 microns
Pressure drop across filter
0.3 bar with clean filter *
Nos. for air side
2x100% capacity
Nos. for H2 side
2x100% capacity
* 1.2 bar with 100% blockage

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1825-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Gas System

Design Data

CO 2 vapouriser MKG 51 AH 001


Rating 18 kW
Voltage 415V, 3 Ph AC 50Hz
Heat transfer liquid HYTHERM 500 (M/s HPCL)
Volume of heat transfer liquid 25 dm 3
Hole in orifice 2.8 mm
Relief valve on high-pressure side 175 bar
Relief valve on low-pressure side 8 bar
Nos. 2x100% capacity

Refrigeration type gas drier


Rating and parameters As per sub-supplier’s manual

Compressed air filter MGK 25 BT 001

3
Volume of activated carbon 3 dm
Service hours approx. 1500 h to 2000 h
3
Throughput 80 m /hr at 8 bar
Nos. 1x100% capacity

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1826-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Primary Water System

Design Data

Primary water pumps MKF12AP001 and MKF22AP001


Kind of pump Centrifugal pump
Type CZ 65-250 (M/s Sulzer Pumps)
Speed 2950 RPM
3
Capacity 70 m /Hr
Discharge head 80 m
Pump motor ND200 L (M/s Crompton Greaves Ltd)
Rating 37KW
Voltage 415V, 3 Ph AC 50Hz
Frequency 50 Hz
Speed 2950 RPM
Type of enclosure TEFC
Nos. 2x100% capacity

Main filters MKF 52 BT 001 and MKF 52 BT 002


Kind of filter Strainer-type filter with magnet bars
Type 1.53.1 (M/s Boll & Kirch)
3
Volumetric flow rate 25 dm /s max.
Degree of filtration 150 mm
Pressure drop across filter 0.1 bar with clean filter
1.2 bar with 100% fouling
Nos. 2x100% capacity

Fine filter MKF 60 BT 001


Kind of filter 1 plug. 1 cartridge
Type 1.55.1 (M/s Boll & Kirch)
3
Volumetric flow rate 0.42 dm /s max.
Pressure drop across filter 0.15 bar with clean filter
1.2 bar with 100% fouling
Nos. 1x100% capacity

Ion exchanger MKF 60 BT 001


Volume 83 litres
Resin Lewatit
Resin volume 56 litres (45 kg)
Nos. 1x100% capacity

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1827-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Waste Gas System

Design Data

Bearing vapor exhausters MKC 31 AN 001 and


MKQ 32 AN 001
Type UHPR -100-SWSI (M/S C.DOCTOR INDIA PVT LTD)
Moter Rating 0.75kW
Voltage/frequency 415V, 3 Ph AC 50Hz
Current 1.8A
Speed 2820 RPM
Type of enclosure IP 55
Type of exhausters Radial-flow
Nos. 2x100% capacity

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1828-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Excitation System

Design Data

A-wheel (negative polarity)


No./Type of diodes 60 Nos./BHdL 1220 (BHEL EDN,Bangalore make)
No./Type of fuses 30 Nos./3NC 9 538
Resistance/voltage/current per fuse approx. 150 μΩ, 800 V, 800 A
No. of RC networks 6 Nos.

B-wheel (positive polarity)


No./Type of diodes 60 Nos./BHdL 1320(BHEL EDN,Bangalore make)
No./Type of fuses 30 Nos./3NC 9 538
Resistance/voltage/current per fuse approx. 150 μΩ, 800 V, 800 A
No. of RC networks 6 Nos.

Stroboscope
Type LX5-30/36-2
Voltage 240 V
Frequency 50/60 Hz
No. of stroboscope 1 No.

Exciter air dryer


Type BA-1.5 A (M/S BRYAIR MAKE)
Rating 4,6 kW
Voltage 230 V
Frequency 50 Hz
Adsorption air flow rate 120 m3/h
Regeneration air flow rate 35 m3/h
No. of dryer 1 No.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1829-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Technical Data

Description Cooler Data

Design Data for the H2 Cooler,


Drg. No. 0-166-01-70006C Units Materials and Pressures
(4 x 25% each)
Hydrogen pressure 3.5 Bar (g) Materials
Fins Copper
Gas flow (Total) 33 m /s
3
Tubes 90/10 Cu-Ni
Heat dissipating capacity (Rated) 4640 kW Tubesheets Carbon steel
Cold gas temperature 45 °C Water channels Carbon steel
Hot gas temperature (max.) 72 °C
Pressures (Tube Side)
Gas pressure drop (approx.) 700 Pa
Design pressure 10 kg/cm2
Cooling water flow (Total for 4 sections) 540 m3/hr Test pressure 15 kg/cm2
Cooling water inlet temperature (design) 38 °C
Water outlet temperature 45.4 °C
Water pressure drop 3.0 MWC

Design Data for One Seal Oil Cooler (Air Side)


Drg. No. 0-165-03-70006 C (1 x 100% ) Units Materials and Pressures

Oil flow 15 m3/hr Materials


Tubes Admiralty Brass
Heat dissipating capacity (Rated) 140 kW Tubesheets Carbon steel
Oil inlet temperature 70 °C Water channels Carbon steel
Oil Outlet temperature 50 °C Cooling water Pressures
Oil pressure drop (approximate) 0.833 Bar Design pressure 16 kg/cm2
Test pressure 24 kg/cm2
Cooling water flow 35 m3/hr
Cooling water inlet temperature (design) 38 °C Oil Side Pressures
design pressure 16 kg/cm2
Water outlet temperature 41.4 °C
Test pressure 24 kg/cm2
Water pressure drop (approximate)* 6.8 mWC

Design Data for One Seal Oil Cooler (H2 Side)


Units Materials and Pressures
Drg. No. 0-165-03-70005 C (1 x100% )

Oil flow 7.8 m3/hr Materials


Tubes Admiralty Brass
Heat dissipating capacity (Rated) 90 kW Tubesheets Carbon steel
Oil inlet temperature 70 °C Water channels Carbon steel

Oil outlet temperature 50 °C Cooling Water Pressures


Oil pressure drop (approximate) 0.85 Bar Design pressure 16 kg/cm2
Test pressure 24 kg/cm2
Cooling water flow 22 m3/hr
Cooling water inlet temperature (design) 38 °C Oil Side Pressures
Design pressure 16 kg/cm2
Water outlet temperature 41.5 °C Test pressure 24 kg/cm2
Water pressure drop (approximate)* 7.1 mWC

Note: The specified cooler data refer to max. cooling water inlet temperatures. During operation the operating
values of the coolers may deviate from above design data.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1830-10550/1
0209 E
Design Data for the Primary Water
Cooler, Drg. No. 0-165-41-70013 C Units Materials and Pressures
(2 x 100% )

Primary water flow 65 m3/hr Materials


Shell SS
Heat dissipating capacity (Rated) 1715 kW Tubes SS
Primary water inlet temperature 71.7 °C Tubesheets SS
Water channels Carbon Steel
Primary water outlet temperature 49 °C
Primary water pressure drop 1160 mBar Primary Water Side Pressures
Design pressure 10 kg/cm2
Cooling water flow 250 m3/hr Test pressure 15 kg/cm2
Maximum cooling water inlet temperature 38 °C
Cooling Water Side Pressures
Cooling water outlet temperature 43.9 °C Design pressure 10 kg/cm2
Test pressure 15 kg/cm2
Water pressure drop* 2.0 mWC

Design Data for the Exciter Air Cooler,


Drg. No. 0-166-05-70003C Units Materials and Pressures
(2 x 50% each)
Air pressure 1 Bar (g) Materials
Air flow (Total) 15.5 m /s
3 Fins Copper
Tubes 90/10 Cu-Ni
Heat dissipating capacity (Rated) 500 kW
Tubesheets Carbon steel
Cold air temperature 45 °C Water channels Carbon steel
Hot air temperature (max.) 74 °C
Air pressure drop (approx.) 700 Pa Pressures (Tube Side)
Design pressure 10 kg/cm2
Cooling water flow 200 m3/hr
Test pressure 15 kg/cm2
Cooling water inlet temperature (design) 38 °C
Water outlet temperature 40.2 °C
Water pressure drop* 3.0 mWC

* Flange-to-flange of equipment only

2.1-1830-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators
TECHNICAL DATA
t Description
Reactive Capability Curve

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1850-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Technical Data
Description Load Characteristic of Pilot Exciter

PMG Pilot Exciter Characteristic

240

235

230

225
PMG Voltage(volts)

220

215

210

205

200
0 50 100 150 200 250
PMG field current (amps)

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1860-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators

Description
Gas Specification

1. Compressed Air Q If obtained from a central bulk supply, the gas shall be
made available at the following conditions:
Q The compressed air shall be free of-
Gauge pressure : 1 to 2.5 bar
corrosive contaminants and
Temperature : 20 to 30 0C
hazardous gases, flammable or toxic.
Volumetric flow rate : 144 to 216 m3/h.
Q The maximum total oil or hydrocarbon content,
exclusive of non-condensables, shall be as close 3 Hydrogen (H2)
to zero (0) w/w or v/v as possible, and under no
circumstances shall it exceed one (1) ppm w/w or Q The hydrogen gas shall be made available with a purity
v/v under normal operating conditions. 99.9% v/v. The remaining 0.1 % v/v shall be free of
Q The compressed air shall be practically free of dust. corrosive contaminants: traces of ammonia (NH3) and
The maximum particle size in the air stream shall be sulphur dioxide (SO 2) shall not be detectable by
five (5) micrometers. analysis.
Q The oxygen content of the expanded air shall be Q If obtained from a central bulk supply, the hydrogen
between 20 and 21% v/v. gas shall be made available at the following conditions:
Q The dew point at line pressure shall be at least 15 K
below the minimum possible generator temperature. Gauge pressure : 8 to 9 bar
In no case should the dew point at line pressure Volumetric flow rate : 144 to 216 m3/h.
exceed 10 °C.
Q The compressed air shall be available at a gauge 4 Nitrogen (N2)
pressure between 6 and 9 bar.
Q Volumetric flow rate: 144 to 216 m3/h. Q The nitrogen gas shall be made available with a purity
of 99.99 % v/v.
2. Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
Contaminants (O2, H2O): not applicable
Q Carbon dioxide shall be made available with a purity ≥
99.9 % v/v. The remaining 0.1 % v/v shall be free of The remaining 0.01% v/v shall be free of corrosive
corrosive contaminants: traces of ammonia (NH3) and contaminants; traces of ammonia (NH3) and sulphur
sulphur dioxide (SO2) shall not be detectable by dioxide (SO2) shall not be detectable by analysis.
analysis.

1) s.t.p. = standard temperature and pressure. 00C and 1.013 bar to DIN 1343.
The gauge pressures and temperatures indicated are those at the inlets of the generator gas supply units.

2.1-1883-10550/1
0209E
BHEL,Haridwar
Turbogenerators

Description Primary Water Specification

The water used must not contain any contaminants Cu, dissolved/
that might have a harmful effect on the materials used in undissolved : Less than 20 ppb
the primary water circuit. For this reason, the water must
have the following quality criteria : Fe, dissolved/
Undissolved : Less than 20 ppb
Conductivity : < 10 μ mho/cm. preferably
0.5 μ mho/cm Dissolved solids : The water shall not contain chemicals
pH : 6-8 from treatment processes, such as
Dissolved O2 : Minimum, preferably less than 100 ppb hydrazine, morpholine, levoxine, phos-
Dissolved CO2 : Minimum, permissible conductivity phate, etc.
Chlorides and after a strongly acidic cation
other anions exchanger < 0.2 μ mho/cm If the water to be used does not meet these quality
Ammonia : Minimum, test with Nessler’s solution criteria, BHEL Haridwar must be informed for their evalua-
as a reagent shall not cause a change tion and approval.
in color.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1885-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators

Description Specification for


Ion Exchange Resins

1. General

The primary water must have a low condictivity since it substances having a detrimental effect on the materials
comes into direct contact with the high-voltage winding. used in the primary water circuit and thus on the availability
To maintain a low conductivity the primary water requires of the generator.
continuous treatment. This is achieved by continuously Our recommendation to use Lewatit ion exchange
passing a small primary water volume flow through a mixed resins is based on many years of service experience and
bed ion exchanger arranged in the bypass of the main the close cooperation between the resin supplier and many
cooling circuit. The ion exchange resins must be replaced power plant operators as well as the high quality standard
at certain intervals. The resins may be replaced while the of the resins.
generator is in operation, since with the water treatment The initial charge of the mixed-bed ion exchanger
system out of service the conductivity will continue to rise consists of the following types of resins.
only very slowly. Q Lewatit S 100 KR/H/chloride-free
Q Lewatit M 500 KR/OH/chloride-free
2. Resin Specification
When replacing the resins, use either the above types
The resins should contain no impurities or soluble or resins available from other manufacturers which must
comply with the specification below.

Cation exchanger Anion exchanger


(Lewatit S100KR/H/chloride-free) (Lewatit M500 KR/OH/chloride-free)

Functional group Strongly acidic Very strongly basic

Grain shape Beads Beads

Particle size (0.3 - 1.25) mm (0.3 - 1.25) mm

Bulk density of swollen resin (800 - 900) g/dm3 (670 - 750) g/dm3

Resin form H-ions OH-ions

Specific load up to 40 dm3/h × dm3 40 dm3/h × dm3

Total capacity of swollen resin (1.9 - 2.2) mol/dm3 (1.1 - 1.6) mol/dm3

Useful capacity min. 50 gCaO/dm3 16 gCaO/dm3

Chloride content up to 50 mg/dm3 50 mg/dm3

Thermal stability up to 1200C 700C

Stability in pH range Unlimited Unlimited

Shelf life min.


(in original packing 5 years 3 years
at temperatures of +1oC to +40oC

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1887-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators

Description Additive Specificaiton


for Alkalizer Unit

Despite the use of oxygen-poor water, corrosion of concentration of 10 to 20 g of NaOH per dm3.
copper in the primary water circuits of water-cooled
windings, cannot be completely avoided, and in isolated Sodium hydroxide solution should be prepared from :
cases the corrosion products can reduce the cross-
sectional flow area of the water distribution system. Q Caustic Soda [NaOH] of P.A. quality, containing.
The severity of the corrosion attack can be NaOH : > 98%
substantially reduced by alkalizing the oxygen-poor water. Carbonates [Na2CO3] : < 1%
In addition, the system becomes less susceptible to Q Water in conformity with the primary water
disturbances resulting from air in-leakage. specification [2].
Operating the generator with alkaline water at pH 8 to
9 will improve the reliability and availability of the turbine 2 Lime
generator. A lime filter to be provided in the NaOH tank vent serves
For operation of the alkalizer unit [1], dilute sodium to bind the carbon dioxide (CO2) contained in the inlet air in
hydroxide for continuous injection into the primary water order to prevent the formation of carbonates in the sodium
circuit and lime are required. hydroxide solution.
The lime filter consists of equal parts of sodium
1 Sodium Hydroxide Solution hydroxide (NaOH) and calcium hydroxide (Ca(OH)2 ). This
The sodium hydroxide solution should have a mixture is commercially available and known as soda lime.

Also refer to the following information


[1] 2.1-7341 Alkalizer Unit for Primary Water Circuit
[2] 2.1-1885 Primary Water Specification

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-1888-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Stator Frame
Description

To facilitate manufacture, erection and transport, the Two lateral supports for flexible core suspension in
stator consists of the following main components: the frame are located directly adjacent to the points
where the frame is supported on the foundation. Due to
Q Stator frame the rigid design of the supports and foot portion, the
Q End shields forces due to weight and short-circuits will not result in
Q Bushing compartment any over-stressing of the frame.
Manifolds are arranged inside the stator frame at the
The stator frame with flexible core suspension bottom and top for filling the generator with CO2 and H2
components, core, and stator winding is the heaviest . The connections of the manifolds are located side by
component of the entire generator. A rigid frame is side in the lower part of the frame housing.
required due to the forces and torques arising during Additional openings in the housing, which are sealed
operation. In addition, the use of hydrogen for the gastight by pressure-resistant covers, afford access to
generator cooling requires the frame to be pressure- the core clamping flanges of the flexible core suspension
resistant up to an internal pressure of approximately 10 system and permit the lower portion of the core to be
bar (130 psi g). inspected. Access to the end winding compartments is
The welded stator frame consists of the cylindrical possible through manholes in the end shields.
frame housing, two flanged rings and axial and radial In the lower part of the frame at the exciter end an
ribs. Housing and ribs within the range of the phase opening is provided for bringing out the winding ends.
connectors of the stator winding are made of non- The generator terminal box is flanged to this opening.
magnetic steel to prevent eddy current losses, while the
remaining frame parts are fabricated from structural
steel.

1 2 3 4

1 Stator End shield 2 Bushing compartment


3 Frame housing 4 Stator foot

Fig:1 Stator frame


1 2 3 4
The arrangement and dimensionally of the ribs are
determined by the cooling gas passages and the required 1 Frame housing
mechanical strength and stiffness. Diminishing is also 2 Clamp
dictated by vibrational considerations, resulting partly in 3 Supporting ring
greater wall thickness then required, from the point of 4 Dovetail bar
view of mechanical strength. The natural frequency of
the frame does not correspond to any exciting frequency. Fig.2 Stator Frame Interior

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2100-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Stator End shields
Description

The ends of the stator frame are closed by pressure The bearing compartment is seated on the air side
containing end shields. The end shields feature a high with labyrinth rings. On the hydrogen side the bearing
stiffness and accommodate the generator bearings, shaft compartment is closed by the shaft seal and labyrinth
seals and hydrogen coolers. The end shields are rings. The oil for the shaft seal is admitted via
horizontally split to allow for assembly. integrally welded pipes. The seal oil drained towards
The end shields contain the generator bearings. This the air side is drained together with the bearing oil.
results in a minimum distance between bearings and The seal oil drained towards the hydrogen side is first
permits the overall axial length of the TE end shields to be collected in a gas and oil tight chamber below the
utilized for accommodation of the hydrogen cooler sections. bearing compartment for defoaming and then passed
Cooler wells are provided in the end shield on both sides via a siphon to the seal oil tank of the hydrogen side
of the bearing compartment for this purpose. One manhole seal oil circuit.
in both the upper and lower half end shield provided. The static and dynamic bearing forces are directly
Inside the bearing compartment the bearing saddle is transmitted to the foundation via lateral feet attached
mounted and insulated from the lower half end shield. The to the lower half end shield. The feet can be detached
bearing saddle supports the spherical bearing sleeve and from the end shield, since the end shields must be
insulates it from ground to prevent flow of shaft currents. lowered into the foundation opening for rotor insertion.
The bearing oil is supplied to the bearing via a pipe
permanently installed in the end shield and is then passed
on to the lubricating gap via ducts in the lower bearing
sleeve. The bearing drain oil is collected in the bearing
compartment and discharged from the lower half of
the end shields via a pipe.

Fig.1 TE Stator End Shield Fig. 2 EE Stator End Shield

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2150-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Generator Terminal Box
Description

The phase and neutral leads of the three-phase magnetic steel plate. This material reduces stray
stator windings are brought out of the generator losses due to eddy currents.
through six bushings located in the generator Welded ribs are provided for the rigidity of the
terminal box at the exciter end of the generator. terminal box. Six manholes in the terminal box provide
The terminal box is a welded construction of non- access to the bushings during assembly and
overhauling.

1 2 3 1 2 3

1 Flange for terminal box 1 Generator terminal box


2 Phase connector 2 Manhole
3 Connection to bushing 3 Flange for bushing

Fig.1 Phase Connector Fig.2 Terminal Box Interior

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2170-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Hydraulic Testing and Anchoring
Description of Stator Frame

1 Hydraulic Testing of Stator Frame sealed with elastically deformed O-ring packings.
Each O-ring packing is inserted into a groove of
The empty stator frame with attached end shields rectangular cross-section and compressed by the
and terminal box is subjected to hydraulic test at 10 flanges. The elastic deformation of the O-ring packing
bar to ensure that it will be capable of withstanding provides for a sufficient sealing force.
maximum explosion pressures. The water pressure
is increased in steps with pressure being reduced to 3 Anchoring and Aligning the Stator Frame and
atmospheric pressure after each step, to allow for End Shields to the Foundation
measurement of any permanent deformation.
This test also checks for leakage at the weld seams. The stator frame is anchored to the foundation with
In addition, the welded structure is subjected to an anchor bolts in conjunction with aligning elements and
air pressure test to check its gas tightness. sole plates set in grout on the foundation.

Fig.1 Hydraulic Testing of Stator Frame Fig.3 Feet at Stator Frame

The levelling screws are screwed into the support


foot of the frame and permit a rapid and exact
a l i g n m e n t o f t h e s t a t o r. To e n s u r e a u n i f o r m
transmission of forces these are arranged
symmetrically about the anchor bolts. The spherical
portions of the levelling screws ensure complete
contact and thus a rigid connection between stator
and foundation.
The stator end shields are aligned on the machine
sole plates with shims.
Different thermal expansion of the stator and the
foundation result in differential movements between
Fig.2 Sealing of bolted flange joints the frame and machine sole plates. The stator is
therefore fixed in position in a manner allowing for
2 Sealing the Bolted Flange Joints expansion while retaining alignment. Fixed keys
located at the feet in the middle of the stator frame
The bolted flange joints which must be gas tight secure the frame axially in a central position.
(e.g., end shields, terminal box, manhole covers) are

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2190-10550/1
0209 E
BHEL,Haridwar
Description
Turbogenerators

1 Stator foot 4 Levelling screw 7 Hydraulic jack 9 Shims


Alignign element For erectioin only Central positioning
2 Anchor bolt 5 Conical seat
Anchoring of Generator On Foundation

} } } of stator
3 Sole plate 6 Spherical washer 8 End shield foot 10. Foundation skid

0209E
2.1-2191-10550/1
Turbogenerators
Stator Core
Description

In order to minimize the hysteresis and eddy current of non-magnetic steel and are insulated from the core
losses of the rotating magnetic flux which interacts with and the pressure plates to prevent the claiming bolts
the core, the entire core is built up of thin laminations. from short-circuiting the laminations and allowing the flow
Each lamination layer is made up from a number of of eddy currents.
individual segments.
1
2

3
4

1 Clamping finger
2 Stator Slow
Fig.1 Segment with Spacers 3 Pressure Plate
4 Stator core tooth
The segments are punched in one operation from 5 Clamping bolt
0.5 mm (0.02 in.) thick electrical sheet-street 6 Shield
laminations having a high silicon content, carefully
debarred and then coated with insulating varnish on Fig.2 Stator Core After Compression
both sides. The stator frame is turned on end while the
core is stacked with lamination segments in individual The pressure is transmitted from the pressure plates
layers. The segments are staggered from layer to layer to the core by clamping fingers. The clamping extend up
so that a core of high mechanical strength and uniform to the ends of the teeth, thus ensuring a firm compression
permeability to magnetic flux is obtained. On the outer in the area of the teeth. The stepped arrangement of the
circumference the segments are stacked on insulated laminations at the core ends provides for an efficient
dovetail bars which hold them in position. One dovetail support of the tooth portion and, in addition, contributes
bar is not insulated to provide for grounding of the to a reduction of eddy current losses and local heating
laminated core. Stacking guides inserted into the in this area. The clamping fingers are made of non-
winding slots during stacking provide smooth slot walls. magnetic steel to avoid eddy current losses.
To obtain the maximum compression and eliminate For protection against the effects of the stray flux in
undue setling during operation, the laminations are the coil ends, the pressure plates and core end portions
hydraulically compressed and heated during the are shielded by gas-cooled rings of insulation-bonded
stacking procedure when certain heights of stack are electrical sheet-steel.
reached. The complete stack is kept under pressure To remove the heat, space segments, placed at
and located in the frame by means of clamping bolts intervals along the bore length, divide the core into
and pressure plates. sections to provide radial passages for cooling gas flow.
In the core end portions, the cooling ducts are wider and
The clamping bolts running through the core made spaced more closely to account for the higher losses
and to ensure more intensive cooling of the narrow core
sections.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2200-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Mounting of Stator Core in Stator
Frame
Description

1 Stator frame 5 Insulated through bolt


2 Flat spring 6 Pressure plate
3 Cage 7 Clamping finger
4 Flux shied 8 Core

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2201-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Spring Support of Stator Core
Description

The revolving magnetic field exerts a pull on the the clamping ring. The clamping ring consists of two
core, resulting in a revolving and nearly elliptical p a r t s w h i c h a r e h e l d t o g e t h e r b y t w o c l a m ps .
d e f o r m a t i o n o f t h e c o r e w h i c h s e ts u p a s ta t o r Tightening the clamps reduces the gap between the
vibration at twice the system frequency. To reduce the ring segments so that the supporting ring is linked to
transmission of these dynamic vibrations to the the frame by three flat springs. The core is supported
foundation, the generator core is spring mounted in in the frame via two vertical springs in the vicinity of
the stator frame. The core is supported in several sets the generator feet. The lower spring prevents a lateral
of rings. Each ring set consists of two supporting rings deflection of the core. The flat spring are resilient to
and two core clamping rings. The structural members radial movements of the core suspension points and
to which the insulated dovetail bars are bolted are will largely resist transmission of double frequency
uniformly positioned around to supporting ring interior vibration to the frame. In the tangential direction they
to support the core and to take up the torque acting are however, sufficiently rigid to take up the short-
on the core. circuit torque of the unit. The entire vibration system
is tuned so as to avoid resonance with vibrations at
For firm coupling of the ring sets to the core, the system frequency or twice the system frequency.
supporting ring is solidly pressed against the core by

1 Clamp 4 Flat spring


2 Stator frame 5 Cage
3 Rib 6 Insert sleeve

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2220-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Stator Winding
Description

1. General, Connection properties and resistance to magnetically induced forces.


The bars afford maximum operating reliability, since each
The three-phase stator winding is a fractional-pitch two- coil consists of only main insulation identical.
layer type consisting of individual bars. Each stator slot
accommodates two bars. 2. Conductor Construction

The bar consists of a large number of separately


insulated strands which are transposed to reduce the skin
effect losses.

The strands of small rectangular cross-section are


provided with a braided glass insulation and arranged side
by side over the slot width. The individual layers are insulated
from each other by a vertical separator. In the straight slot
portion the strands are transposed by 5400.

The transposition provides for a mutual neutralization


of the voltages induced in the individual strands due to the
slot cross-field and end winding flux leakage and ensures
that minimum circulation currents exist. The current flowing
through the conductor is thus uniformly distributed over the
entire bar cross-section so that the current-dependent losses
will be reduced.

The alternate arrangement of one hollow strand and two


solid strand ensure optimum heat removal capacity and
minimum losses.

At the Roebel crossover points the insulation is


τp=pole pitch reinforced with insulating strip inserts.

Fig.1 Lap type Winding To ensure that the strands are firmly bonded together
are to give dimensional stability in the slot portion, the bars
The slot bottom bar and top bars are displaced from
are cured in an electrically heated press. Prior to applying
each other by one winding pitch and connected at their ends
the bar insulation, The bar ends are bent with a special care
to from coil groups.
to ensure a uniform spacing of the bars over the entire length
The coil groups are connected together with phase of the end turns after installation.
connectors inside the stator frame shown in the connection
Contacts sleeves for electrical connection of the bars
diagram.
and the water boxes with cooling water connections are
This arrangement and the shape of the bars at the ends brazed to the bar ends.
result in a cone shaped winding having particularly
In the course of manufacture, the bars are subjected to
favourable characteristics both in respect of its electrical
numerous electrical and leakage tests for quality control.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2300-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Connection Diagram of Stator Winding
Description

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2301-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Stator Slot
Description

3
4

10
11

12
13
14

15 1 Stator core
2 Slot wedge
3 Top strip
4 Top ripple spring
5 Side strip
6 Semiconducting wrapper
7 Vertical separating strip
8 Top bar
9 Center filler
10 Bottom bar
11 Solid strand
12 Hollow strand
13 Insulation
14 Semiconducting side ripple spring
15 Equallising strip

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2303-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Transposition of Stator Bars
Description

In slot portion: 540 o transposition of strands


In end winding portion: transposition, bar ends short circuit

At the bar end all strands are


brazed into a contact sleeve
and thus short-circuited.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2305-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Micalastic High Voltage Insulation
Description

High-quality mica, selected epoxy resins and a epoxy resin to give it the mechanical strength required
matching vacuum pressure impregnation (VPI) for further processing.
process are the characteristic features of the Following this, several layers of mica tape are
Micalastic insulation for large turbogenerators. A applied continuously, half-overlapped, upto the end
consistent development has led to a high-quality portions of the bar. The mica tape consists of a thin
insulation system, the reliability of which is ensured high-strength backing material to which the mica is
by continuous quality control.Method of Insulation bonded by synthetic resin. The number of layers, i.e.,
and Impregnation the thickness of insulation, is determined by the
For insulation with Micalastic, the conductor voltage of the machine. The taped bars are then dried
strands as well as the ventilating ducts are arranged under vacuum and impregnated with epoxy resin
together to form a compact assembly and set to the which, by reason of its low viscosity penetrates the
required shape. This assembly is then baked with insulation thoroughly and eliminates all voids. After

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2320-10550/1
0209 E
Fig. 2 Impregnating and Curing Mould for 20 stator Bars in Front of Impregnating Tank

impegnatioin under vacuum, the bars are subjected 30


to pressure, with nitrogen being used as pressurizing ×10 –3
medium (VPI process). 20
For direct cooled windings, the individual
tan δ

impregnated bars are brought to the required 10


dimensions in processing moulds and cured in an
oven at high temperature. With indirectly cooled 5
windings, up to 20 stator bars are placed in molds 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
with by insulation for impregnation and curing. Fig.2 Rated Voltage
shows a mold loaded with bars ready for impregnation Fig.3 Dielectric Dissipation Factor of a Stator Bar with
prior to insertion into the impregnating plant. Micalastic Insulation for 21 KV as a Function of the
To minimize corona discharges between the Voltage
insulation and the wall of the slot, the insulation in
the slot section is then provided with a coat of
conductive varnish.
For end corona protection at voltages above 6
kV, a semiconductive coating is also added on the
slot-end sections to control the electric field and
prevent the formation of creepage sparks during high-
voltage tests.
The bars are now ready for insertion into the slots.
In case of indirectly or direct gas-cooled stator bars,
 in %

the connecting bus bars and phase connectors are


also provided with an insulation bonded with a
thermosetting synthetic resin. Dependent on their
geometrical configuration and dimensions, the
c o n n e c t i o n s a r e p r o v i d e d w i t h m i c a ta p e s a n d
insulating caps.

Tests

After insulation and curing, the insulation of each


stator bar is subjected to a high- voltage test at 150%
of the winding test voltage (U P = 2 ×U N + 1 kV) for
quality control. For assessment of the quality of the
slot insulation, the dielectic dissipatin factor tan is
measured as a function of the voltage. The dielectric Fig. 4 Cumulative frequency of Maximum increase in
dissipation factor/test voltage curve of a typical stator Dielectric Dissipation Factor of Bars in a 21 KV
winding with Micalastic insulation

2.1-2320-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators

Description

bar with Micalastic insulation is shown in Fig. 3. Mcalastic is a good conductor of heat by reason
of the high mica content and the void free synthetic
Fig.4 shows the fluctuations due to manufacturing of
resin. Efficient heat transfer is particularly important
the maximum increase in the dielectric dissipation
in machines that require a thick insulation because
factor up to rated voltage for the bars of a 21 kV
of the high voltages, especially if these machines are
winding. The method of impregnation, which is exactly
not designed with direct conductor cooling.
matched to the insulation, and the use of a special
Micalastic is highly resistant to high temperatures
impregnating resin enable the maximum increase in
and temperature chages. The composition of the
dielectric dissipation factor to be reduced considerably
insulation and synthetic resin impregnation permits
below the limits specified in section 33 of VDE 0530.
the machine to be operated continuously under
During insertion of the stator bars, high-voltage conditions corresponding to those for insulation class
tests of one minute duration are performed as follows F.
:
115% U P after installation and blocking of bottom bars
110% U P after installation and blocking of top bars
105% U P after completion of winding,
100% U P after run of generator.

The Properties of Micalastic


Micalstic is an extremely dependable winding
insulation system developed for high-voltage
turbogenerators. The insulation is applied from end Fig.6 Dielectric Dissipation Factor of 27 kV Micalastic
to ened on the stator gbars providing effedtive Insulation as a Function of the Temperature
peotection against over voltages arising during normal
operation and against the high stresses that may Micalastic insulation shows only an insignificant
occur at the slot ends when high test voltages are increase in the dielectric dissipation factor with
applied. In this manner is is possible to isulate inceasing temperature.(Fig.6)
windings for voltages of over 30 kV efficiently and
reliably. The elasticity of Micalastic enables it to
Micalastic has a long electerical life as accomodate thermo-mechanical stesses. Studies on
determined on hunndreds of experimental bars and models have provided information on the on the
substantiated on numerous full-size bars (Fig. 5). performance of Micalastic insulation under the effect
of alternating thermal stresses. Heat cycles with large
differences in temperature are generated by the
alternate application of heating and colling. The result;
there is no displacement between the Micalstic
insulationand the copper conductor, even after 5000
heat cycles, with 1000 cycles between 40 o C and
160 o C.

Micalastic owes its insesitivity to high temperature


and temperature changes to the cured synthetic resin.
This favourable performance under thermal stress is
particularly advantageous for machines subject to
frequent load changes, e.g., generators driven by gas
turbines or peak-load generators in steam power
plants.
Fig.5 Dielectric Dissipation Factor of 27 kV Micalastic
Micalastic does not burn. The flammability is so
Insulation as a Function of the Temperature
low that even on arcing it does not continue to burn
once the arc is extinguished. Fire extinguishing

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2320-10550/3
0209 E
systems, such as CO 2 systems, are therefore not Micalastic retains its outstanding properties, even
necessaryfor machines insulated with Micalastic. after years of operation. Evidence of its unchanging
Micalastic provides protection against moisture quality has been provided by repeated test carried
due to its impregnation with synthetic resin which seal out on machines over an operating period of several
the winding completely. years.
Micalastic is highly resistant to chemical action. Micalastic owes its insesitivity to high temperature
Corrosive gases, vapours, lubrication oil and weak and temperature changes to the cured synthetic resin.
acids or alkalies, to which the windings of air-cooled This favourable performance under thermal stress is
machines may be exposed under unfavourable particularly advantageous for machines subject to
conditions, do not attack the insulation; the frequent load changes, e.g., generators driven by gas
impersonating resin behaves neutrally towards turbines or peak-load generators in steam power
chemicals. plants.

2.1-2320-10550/4
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Construction of High Voltage Insulation
Description

Item No. Component Insulant, semiconductive material


1 Strand insulation Braided glass fiber insulation
2 Strand bonding Epoxy resin
3 Crossover insulation Micanite
4 Profiled strip Profiled micanite
5 Internal potential grading wrapper Semiconductive wrapping
6 Insulation Mica tape, vacuum impergnated with epoxy resin
7 Outer corona protection Semiconductive varnish

Note: The number of conductors shown does not necessarily correspond to the number of conductors of the generator .

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2321-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators
Stator Winding
Description Corona Protection

To prevent potential differences and possible corona and prevents the formation of corona discharge during
discharges between the insulation and the slot wall, the operation and during performance of high voltage tests.
slot sections of the bars are provided will an outer
corona protection. This protection consist of a wear-
resistant, highly flexible coating of conductive alkyd A final wrapping of glass fabric tapes impregnated
varnish containing graphite. with epoxy resin serves as surface protection.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 Stator bar (slot end)


2 High-voltage insulation
3 Outer corona protection
4 Transition coating
5 End corona protection
6 Glass tape-epoxy protective layer
7 Stator bar (end winding)

Fig.1 Typical Buildup of Corona Protection

At the transition from the slot to the end winding


portion of the stator bars a semi-conductive coating is
applied. On top of this, several layers of semi conductive
and corona protection coating are applied in varying
length. This ensures uniform control of the electric field Fig.2 Application of Graded End Corona
Protection

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2330-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators
Coil and End Winding Support System
Description

The stator windings are placed in rectangular slots used to keep the stray losses at a minimum. The design
which are uniformly distributed around the and construction of the end windings are illustrated in a
circumference of the stator core. The location of the separate drawing [2].
bars in the slots is illustrated in a separate drawing [1]. Any gaps in the end winding due to the design or
The bars are protected by a cemented graphitize manufacturing are filled with curable plastic fillers,
paper wrapper over the slot portion of the bar. The bars ensuring solid support of the cone-shaped top and
fit tightly in the slots. Manufacturing tolerances are bottom layers.
compensated with semi-conducting filler strips along The two bar layers are braced with clamping bolts of
the bar sides which ensure good contact between the high-strength fibre glass fabric against a rigid, tapered
outer corona protection and the slot wall. supporting ring of insulating material. Tight seating is
Radial positioning of the bar is done with slot ensured by plastic filters on both sides of the bars which
wedges. Below the longitudinally divided slot wedges are cured on completion of winding assembly.
a top ripple spring of high-strength, fiber glass fabric is Each end winding thus forms compact, self-
arranged between the filler and slide strip which presses supporting arches of high rigidity which prevents bar
the bar against the slot bottom with a specific vibrations during operation and can withstand short-
preloading. An equalizing strip is inserted at the slot circuit forces.
bottom to compensate any unevenness in the bar shape In addition, the end turn covering provides good
and slot bottom surface during bar insertion. The strip protection against external damage. The supporting rings
is cured after insertion of the bars. These measures rest on supporting brackets which are capable of moving
prevent vibrations. The specified preloading is checked in the axial direction. This allows for a differential
at each slot wedge. movement between the end winding and the core as a
With the windings placed in the slots, the bar ends result of different thermal expansions.
form a cone-shaped end winding. A small cone taper is

1 2
1 2
1 Slot wedge
1 End turn covering
2 End turn covering
2 Clamping bolt

Fig.1 Stator with Complete Stator Winding


Fig.2 Covering and Locating the End Winding

Also refer to the following information


[1]. 2.1-2303 Stator slot
[2]. 2.1- 2341 Stator End Winding

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2340-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Stator End Winding
Description

1 2
3

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4

1 Teflon hose 8 Flux Shield


2 Water manifold 9 Support ring
3 Stator frame 10 Clamping bolt
4 Core 11 Bottom bar
5 Clamping 12 Top bar
6 Pressure plate for core 13 Pressure plate for stator bars
7 Insulated through bolt 14 Water box

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2341-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Electrical Connection of Bars
Water Supply and Phase Connectors
Description

1 Electrical Connection of Bars boxes. The cooling water is then discharged from the
generator via the hoses and the ring header.
The electrical connection between the top and bottom During manufacturing of the stator bars, various checks
bars is by a bolted contact surface. are performed to ensure water tightness and unobstructed
At their ends the strands are brazed into a connecting water passages.
sleeve, the strand rows being separated from each other The flow check ensures that no reduction in the cross
by spaces. The contact surfaces of the connecting sectional area of the strand ducts has occurred, and that
sleeves for the top and bottom bars are pressed against all strands are passed by identical water flows. After
each other brazing of the upper part of the water box, all brazed joints
are subjected to a helium leakage test followed by a
thermal shock treatment.
The tangential air clearance between the water boxes
and bar connections within a coil group and the axial
clearance relative to the inner shield, which is at ground
potential, is so dimensioned that additional insulation is
not required. For the spaces between the individual phases
insulating caps, which enclose both the connecting sleeves
and the water boxes, are connected to the stator bars.

3 Phase Connectors

The phase connector interconnect the coil groups and


link the beginning and ends of the winding to the bushings.
They consist of thick-walled copper tubes. The stator bar
Fig.1 Electrical Bar Connections and Water ends coupled to the phase connectors are provided with
Supply connecting fittings which are joined to the cylindrical
contact surface with Belleville washers on the bolts to
by non-magnetic clamping bolts. Special care is taken maintain a uniform and constant contact pressure.
to obtain flat and parallel contact surfaces. In order to The phase connectors are provided with a Micalastic
prevent an any reduction in contact pressure or any insulation. In addition, a grounded outer corona protection
plastic deformations due to excessive contact pressure, consisting of a semiconducting coating is applied over the
Belleville washers are arranged on the clamping bolts entire length. At the beginnings and ends of the phase
which ensure a uniform and constant contact pressure. connectors several layers of semi-conductive and corona
2 Water Supply protection is applied in varying lengths.
The phase connectors are mounted on end winding
The water connection at the stator bar is separate supporting ring over supporting brackets. Neighbouring
from the electrical connection. As a result no electrical phase connectors are separated with spacers and tied
forces can act on the water connection. securely in position. This ensures a high short-circuit
While the solid strands of the stator bars terminate strength and differential movements between phase
at the connecting sleeve, the hollow strands are brazed connectors and end windings are thus precluded.
into water boxes, with solid spencers inserted to
compensate for the solid strands. Each water box consist
of two parts, i.e. the sleeve-shaped lower part enclosing
the hollow strands and the cover-type upper part. The
strand rows are separated from each other by splicers.
Each water box is provided with a pipe connection
of non-magnetic stainless steel for connection of the
hose.
The exciter-end water boxes serve for water
admission and distribute the cooling water uniformly to
the hollow strands of the bar. The hot water is collected
on leaving the hollow strands in the turbine-end water Fig.2 Phase Connector Ends

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2350-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Electrical Bar Connection
and Water Supply
Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12

14

15

1 Teflon Hose 6 Clamping bolt 11 Bottom bar


2 Crimping sleeve 7 Connecting sleeve 12 Top bar
3 Cap nut 8 Clamping plate with through bore 13 Belleville washer
4 Pipe connection 9 Intermediate member 14 Spring washer
5 Water box 10 Clamping plate with threaded bore 15 O-ring

Contact surface
*
BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2351-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Terminal Bushings
Description

1 Arrangement of Terminal Bushings

The beginnings and ends of the three phase windings


are brought out from the stator frame through terminal
bushings which provide for high-voltage insulation and
seal against hydrogen leakage. 1
The bushings are bolted to the bottom plate of the
generator terminal box by the mounting flanges. 2
The generator terminal box located beneath the stator
frame at the exciter end is made from non-magnetic steel
to avoid eddy-current losses resulting temperature rises.
Bushing-type generator current transformers, for
3
metering and relaying are mounted on the bushings
outside the generator terminal box. The customer's bus
is connected to the air side connection flange of the
bushings via terminal connectors.
4

2 Construction of Bushings

The cylindrical bushing conductor consists of high-


conductivity copper with a central bore for direct primary
water cooling.
The insulator is wound directly over the conductor. It
consists of impregnated capacitor paper with conducting
fillers for equalization of the electrical direct-axis and
quadrature-axis fields. 5
The shrunk-on mounting sleeve consists of a gastight
casting of nonmagnetic steel with a mounting flange and
a sleeve-type extension extruding over entire height of
the current transformers.
The cylindrical connection ends of the terminal
bushing conductors are silver-plated and designed to
accommodate bottle two-part cast terminal connectors. 1 Phase connector
Connection to the beginning and end each phase 2 Teflon hose
inside the terminal box and to the external bus in by 3 Flexible connector
means of flexible connectors. To maintain a uniform and 4 Manhole
constant contact pressure Belleville washers are used 5 Terminal bushing
for all bolted connections.
Covers with brazed sockets for connection to the Fig.1 Flexible Connection Between Bushing and
water supply are flanged to the ends of the terminal Phase Connector

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2370-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators PW Connection for Terminal
Bushings and Phase Connectors
Description

Primary water inlet


3

Conventional
Neutral connection

1 Phase connector
2 H.V. terminal box
3 Flexible connector
4 PTFE insulating hose
5 Water-cooled bushing

Note: If required, the H.V. terminal box may be turned through 180 deg. Mounting position of phase connectors and
neutral connection may be changed as well.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2371-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Cooling of Terminal Bushing
Description

Primary water
inlet

Primary water
outlet

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2372-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Components for Water Cooling
of Stator Windings
Description

1 General via the terminal bushings on the opposite side.


The parallel-connected cooling circuit are checked
The separate water cooling circuits are used for for uniform water flows by a flow measurement system
the stator windings and phase connectors and the covering all three phase.
bushings. The cooling primary water flows through the stator
All water connections between ungrounded parts bars, which are hydraulically connected in parallel,
and the distribution manifolds and water manifolds of from the exciter and to the turbine end of the
the cooling circuits are insulated with teflon hoses. generator. This ensures a minimum temperature rise
The water connections are equipped with O-rings of of the stator bars, a minimum water velocity, and a
Viton and Belliville washers to prevent loosening of m i n i m u m h e a d l o s s . M o r e o v e r, t h e t h e r m a l
the connection. The fittings are made from expansions of the stator bars are completely uniform.
nonmagnetic stainless steel.
3 Phase Connector Cooling Circuit
2 Winding Cooling Circuit
Phase connectors and terminal bushing supplied
The end windings are enclosed by an annular with cooling water through pipes arranged outside the
water manifold to which all stator bars are connected generator at the terminal bushing and generator
through hoses. The water manifold is mounted on the terminal box and connected to the cooling water inlets
holding plates of the end winding support ring and and outlet of the cooling circuit through teflon hoses.
connected to the primary water supply pipe. This The flexible expansion joints and the hydraulically
permits the insulation resistance of the water-filled series-connected phase connector sections are
stator winding to be measured. The water manifold is connected by teflon hoses.
grounded during operation. For measurement of the The hoses, one side of which is connected to
i n s u l a t i o n r e s i s ta n c e , e . g . d u r i n g i n s p e c t i o n s , ground, consist of a metallic section to which the
grounding is removed by opening the circuit outside measuring potential is applied for measurement of the
the stator frame. insulation resistance of the water-filled stator winding.
The hoses, one side of which is connected to The cooling water is admitted to three terminal
ground, consists of a metallic section to which the bushings via a distribution water manifold flows
measuring potential is applied for measurement of the through the attached phase connectors and is then
insulation resistance of the water-filled stator winding. passed to the distribution water manifold for water
The cooling water is admitted to three terminal outlet via the terminal bushings on the opposite side.
bushings via a distribution water manifold flows The parallel-connected cooling circuit are checked
through the attached phase connectors and is then for uniform water flows by a flow measurement system
passed to the distribution water manifold for outlet covering all three phase.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2380-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Grounding of the Stator Cooling
Water Manifold
Description

Primary water Primary water


outlet inlet

2
6

8
4
4

1 Primary water inlet / outlet


2 Compensator 5
3 Insulation
4 Stator frame
5 Water manifold
6 Insulated ground connection
7 Water manifold ground connection
8 Stator frame ground connection

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-2389-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Rotor Shaft
Description

The high mechanical stresses resulting from the that two solid poles are displaced by 180 0.
centrifugal forces and short-circuit torques call for high- Due to the non-uniform slot distribution on the
quality heat-treated steel. Therefore, the rotor shaft is circumference, different moments of inertia are obtained
forged from a vacuum cast steel ingot. Comprehensive in the main axis of the rotor. This in turn causes
tests ensure adherence to the specified mechanical and oscillating shaft deflections at twice the system
magnetic properties as well as a homogeneous forging. frequency. To reduce these vibrations, the deflection in
The root shaft consists of an electrically active the direction of the pole axis and the neutral axis are
portion the so-called rotor body, and the two shaft compensated by transverse slotting of the pole.
journals. Integrally forged flange couplings to connect The solid poles are also provided with additional
the rotor to the turbine and exciter are located outboard longitudinal slots to hold the copper bars of the damper
of the bearings. Approximately two-thirds of the rotor winding. The rotor wedges act as a damper winding in
body circumference is provided with longitudinal slots the area of the winding slots.
which hold the field winding. Slot pitch is selected so

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Shaft journal 4 Transverse slot in pole


2 Rotor slot 5 Retaining ring seat
3 Pole 6 Rotor tooth

Fig.1 Rotor Shaft

Note:Shaft and slots may vary from actual design.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3000-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Cooling of Rotor Winding
Description

Each turn is subdivided into eight parallel cooling cooling gas outlet.
zones. One cooling zone includes the slots from the The cooling gas for the end windings is admitted
centre to the end of the rotor body, while another into the hollow conductors at the ends of the rotor
covers half the end winding. body. It flows through the conductors approximately
The cooling gas for the slot portion is admitted up to the pole centre for being directed into a
into the hollow conductors through milled openings collecting compartment and is then discharged into
directly before the end of the rotor body and flows the air gap via slots.

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Rotor winding
2 Gas outlet in orator slot wedge
1 End winding 3 Top strip
2 Gas inlet (cooling zone: slot portion) 4 Rotor tooth
3 Gas inlet (cooling zone: end winding) 5 Rotor slot wedge
4 Rotor tooth 6 Damper bar
Fig.1 Gas Inlets at End Winding 7 Rotor body

through the hollow conductors to the centre of the Fig.2 Gas Outlets in Slot Portion
rotor body. The hot gas is then discharged into the
air gap between the rotor body and the stator core At the end winding, one hollow conductor passage
through radial openings in the conductors and the of each bar is completely closed by a brazed copper
rotor slot wedges. The cooling gas passages are filler section. The enlargement of the conductor
a r r a n g e d a t d i ff e r e n t l e v e l s i n t h e c o n d u c t o r cross-section results in both a reduction of losses
assembly so that each hollow conductor has its own and increased conductor rigidity.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3100-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Cooling Scheme of Rotor Winding
Description

8 Parallel cooling zones per

Cooling zone: End winding


Cooling zone : Slot portion
turn

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3101-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Rotor Winding
Description

1. Rotor Winding copper-nickel-silicon alloy featuring high strength and


good electrical conductivity, and are used as damper
1.1 Construction winding bar. The slot wedges extend below the shrink
The field winding consists of several coils seats of the retaining rings. The rings act as short-
inserted into the longitudinal slots of the rotor body. circuit rings to induced currents in the damper
The coils are wound around the poles so that one windings.
north and one south magnetic pole are obtained.
The hollow conductors have a trapezoidal cross- 2.2 End Winding Bracing
section and are provided with two cooling ducts of The spaces between the individual coils in the
approximately semi-circular cross-section All end winding are filled with insulating members which
conductors have identical copper and cooling duct prevent coil movement. Fig. 1 shows a typical rotor
cross-sections. end winding with the fillers inserted.
The individual conductors are bent to obtain half 1 2 3 4 5
turns. After insertion into the rotor slots, these turns
are combined to form full turns, the series-connected
turns of one slot constituting one coil. The individual
coils of the rotor winding are electricity series-
connected.

1.2 Conductor Material


The conductors are made of copper with a silver
content of approximately 0.1%. As compared to
electrolytic copper, silver-alloyed copper features high
strength properties at higher temperatures so that coil
deformations due to thermal stresses are eliminated.

1.3 Insulation
The insulation between the individual turns is
made of layers of glass fibre laminate. The coils are
insulated from the rotor body with L-shaped strips of
glass fibre laminate with Nomex filler.
To obtain the required creepage paths between
the coil and the frame, thick top strips of glass fibre
laminate are inserted below the slot wedges.
1 Rotor shaft
2. Location of Parts in the Rotor Winding 2 Rotor slot wedge
3 Filler
2.1 Rotor Slot Wedges 4 Gas outlet
To protect the winding against the effects of the 5 Rotor end winding
centrifugal force, the winding is secured in the slots
with wedges. The slot wedges are made from a Fig. 1 Rotor End Winding With Filler

2.1-3300-10550/1
BHEL,Haridwar 0209 E
Turbogenerators Rotor Slot
Description

7 8 9 1

1 Rotor slot wedge 6 Slot liner


2 Top strip 7 Radial cooling gas outlet
3 Hollow conductor 8 Cooling gas bore
4 Cooling gas duct 9 Rotor shaft
5 Winding insulation

Note: The number of conductors shown does not necessarily correspond to the number of conductors of the generator described.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3301-10550/1
0209 E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

BHEL,Haridwar
Description
Turbogenerators
Rotor End Winding

1 Rotor body 5 End winding insulation


2 Snap ring 6 Filler
3 Retaining rnig 7 End ring
4 Rotor winding 8 Balancing slot

Note: The number of conductors shown does not necessarily correspond to number of conductors of the generator described.

0209 E
2.1-3310-10550/1
Turbogenerators
Rotor Retaining Ring
Description

The rotor retaining rings contain the centrifugal against axial displacement of the retaining ring.
forces due to the end windings. One end of each ring To reduce the stray losses and retain strength, the
is shrunk on the rotor body, while the other end of the rings are made of non-magnetic, cold-worked
ring overhangs the end windings without contacting material.
t h e s h a f t . T h i s e n s u r e s a n u n o b s t r u c t e d s h a ft Comprehensive tests, such as ultrasonic
deflection at the end windings. examination and liquid penetrant examination, ensure
The shrunk on end ring at the free end of the adherence to the specified mechanical properties.
retaining ring serves to reinforce the retaining ring The retaining ring shrink-fit areas act as short-
and secures the end winding in the axial direction at circuit rings to induce currents in the damper system.
the same time. To ensure low contact resistance, the shrink seats of
A snap ring is provided for additional protection the retaining rings are coated with nickel, aluminium
and silver by a three-step flame spraying process.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3350-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Rotor Field Connections
Description

2. Radial Bolts
The field connections provide the electrical,
connection between the rotor winding and the exciter The field current leads located in the shaft bore are
and consists of: connected to the conductors inserted in the shaft slots
through radial bolts which are secured in position with
Q Field current lead at end winding
slot wedges. Contact pressure is maintained with a
Q Radial bolts
tension bolt and an expanding cone in each radial bolt.
Q Field current lead in shaft bore
Contact pressures increase due to centrifugal force
1. Field Current lead at End Winding during operation. All contact surfaces are silver-plated
to attain a low contact resistance. The radial bolt is made
The field current lead at the end winding consists from forged electrolytic copper.
of hollow rectangular conductors. The hollow
conductors are inserted into shaft slots and insulated. 3. Field Current Lead in Shaft Bore
That are secured against the effects of centrifugal
The leads are run in the axial direction from the radial
force by steel wedges. One end of each field current
bolt to the exciter coupling. These consist of two semi-
lead is brazed to the rotor winding and the other end
circular conductors insulated from each other and from
is screwed to a radial bolt. Cooling hydrogen is
the shaft by a tube. The field current leads are connected
admitted into the hollow conductors via radial bolts.
to the exciter leads at the coupling with multicontact
The hot gas is discharged into the air gap together
plug-in contact which allow for unobstructed thermal
with the gas used to cool the end winding.
expansion of the field current leads.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3370-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Electrical and Mechanical
Connection of EE Coupling
Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10

11

12

1 Generator rotor 7 Exciter rotor


2 Coupling bolt 8 Insulation
3 Shear bush 9 Insulation
4 H 2 seal between half couplings 10 Field current lead in exciter rotor shaft
5 Multicontact plug-in socket strip 11 Insulation
6 Multicontact plug-in bolt 12 Field current lead in generator rotor shaft

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3373-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Rotor Fan
Description

The generator cooling gas is circulated by one conjunction with the gas expelled from the discharge
axial-flow fan located on the turbine-end shaft ports along the rotor.
journal. To augment the cooling of the rotor winding, The moving blades of the fan are inserted into T-
t h e p r e s s u r e e s ta b l i s h e d b y t h e f a n w o r k s i n shaped grooves in the fan hubs. The fan hubs are
shrink-fitted to the shaft journal spider.

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Rotor shaft journal 4 Fan Hub


2 Balancing weight 5 Fan blade
3 Gas inlet to rotor winding 6 Rotor retaining ring (Covered)

Note: Depending on generator size the rotor fan may be of three or five stages.

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-3600-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Hydrogen Cooler
Description

The hydrogen cooler is a surface-type heat cleaning, even when the generator is in operation and
removed from the hydrogen is dissipated through the filled with hydrogen.
cooling water. The water flows through the finned The lower tubesheet is freely movable and capable
tubes while the hydrogen around them. of following the differential movement between stator
The vertical arrangement enables the heat f r a m e a n d c o o l e r d u e t o t h e d i ff e r e n t t h e r m a l
exchanger to be installed without having to increase expansion resulting from the different materials and
the overall axial length of of the generator or the temperature.
cross-section area of the stator frame. Attached to the lower tubesheet is the inlet/outlet
The Cooler comprises a pair of separate cooling water channel with its cooling water inlet and outlet
elements each of which consists of two tube bundies, pipes.
the two tubesheets, two return water channels as well A seal cap is bolted over the inlet/outlet water
as the inlet and outlet water channels. The water inlet
and outlet lines which route the cooling water to and
from the cooler are connected to inlet and outlet
channels which are situated above the
coolerelements. The tube bundies are interconnected
by the shared upper tubesheet. The end
compartment is located below the cooling elements.
The gaps between the stator frame and the end
compartment as well as between the stator frame and
the upper tubesheet are sealed with O-rings.
The side walls of the cooling elements are made
of structural steel and serve to brace the cooler and
direct the hydrogen flow. Close the rubber profiles
attached to the cooler well and to prevent uncooled
hydrogen from flowing oast the cooler.

Each cooler consists of the tube bundle, the upper


and lower tube-sheets, the return water channel and
the inlet/outlet water channel. The tubes have copper
fins to obtain a larger heat transfer surface, the fins
being joined to the tubes by tinning. The ends of the
tubes are expanded into the upper and lower tube-
sheets.
The two side walls of structural steel base the
cooler and direct the hydrogen flow. They are solidly
bolted to the upper tube-sheet. While the attachment
to the lower tubesheet permits them to move freely
to allow for expansion of the tube bundle.
Flexible seal strips bolted to the side walls seal
the gap between the cooler and the cooler well in Fig.1 Hydrogen Cooler Removed
the cooler assembly, thus preventing uncooled
hydrogen from flowing past the cooler.
The upper tubesheet is larger than the cooler well
opening and is used to fix the cooler. Gastight sealing
of this tubesheet is done by a packing.
The return water channel is bolted to the upper
tubesheet over a flat gasket. This arrangement
permits the return water channel to be detached for

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-4000-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Hydrogen Cooler
Description

1 Return water channel 4 Cooling water connection


2 End shield 5 Protective chamber
3 Finned tube bundle 6 Hydrogen seal

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-4001-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Generator Bearings
Description

The rotor shaft is supported in sleeve bearings The tangential locator is supported on the bearing
having forced-oil lubrication. The bearings are located saddleover a piece of insulating material.
in the stator end shields. The oil required for bearing The inner surface of the cast bearing sleeve body
lubrication and cooling is obtained from the turbine oil is provided with spiral dovetail grooves which firmly hold
supply system and supplied to the lubricating gap via the babbitt liner to the bearing sleeve body. The lower
pipes permanently installed inside the lower half of the bearing sleeve has a groove to admit the bearing oil to
stator end shield and via grooves in the bearing saddle the bearing surface. The upper sleeve has a wide
and lower bearing sleeve. overflow groove through which the oil is distributed over
The lower bearing sleeve rests on the bearing the shaft journal and fed to the lubricating gap. The oil is
saddle via three brackets with spherical support seat for drained laterally from the lubricating gap, caught by
self-alignment of the bearing. The bearing saddle is baffles and returned to the turbine oil tank.
insulated from the stator end shield and the bearing All generator bearings are provided with a hydraulic
brackets are insulated from the bearing sleeve to prevent shaft lift oil system to reduce bearing friction during
the flow of shaft currents and to provide for double startup. High pressure oil is forced between the bearing
insulation of the generator bearing from ground. A radial surface and the shaft journal, lifting the rotor shaft to
locator serves to locate the bearing in the vertical allow the formation of a lubricating oil film.
direction and is bolted to the upper half of the stator end The bearing temperature is monitored with one
shield. The locator is adjusted to maintain the required double element thermocouple located approximately in
clearance between the bearing sleeve and the insulation the plane of maximum oil film pressure. The
of the radial locator. thermocouples are screwed in position on both sides of
A tangential locator is located at the bearing sleeve the lower bearing sleeve from outside with the detectors
joint to prevent the bearing from turning in the saddle. extending to the babbitt liner.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Stator End shield 4 Pressurised oil inlet for Hydraulic shaft lift oil system
2 Shaft Seal 5 OIl Baffle
3 Lower Bearing sleeve 6 Bearing oil inlet
7 Outer labyrinth ring
Fig.1 Generator Bearing

2.1-5000-10550/1
BHEL, Haridwar 0209E
Turbogenerators
Generator Bearing (Insulation)
Description

14

13

12

11
10

9
8

7
6

4
3
2

1 End shield, lower half


2 Bearing oil drain
3 Bearing insulation
4 Bearing saddle
5 Connections for jacking oil
6 Rotor shaft
7 Bearing oil wiper
8 Outer labyrinth ring
9 Bearing sleeve
10 Tangential locator
11 Radial locator
12 Bearing cover
13 End shield Upper half
14 Shaft seal

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-5001-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators
Measuring of Bearing Temperature
Description

4
Direction of
Shaft rotation

1 End Shield
2 Thermocouple lead
3 Thermocouple
4 Bearing Sleeve

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-5003-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Generator Bearing Insulation
Description

2
3

Insulation

1 End shield or Bearing bracket


2 Half Bearing ring
3 Bearing sleeve
4 Bearing oil wiper
5 Bearing oil drain
6 Bearing oil inlet
7 Tangential locator

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-5005-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Shaft Seal
Description

The rotor shaft ends are brought out of the relatively free to move in the radial direction, but is
gastight enclosure through double-flow shaft seals. restrained from rotating by use of a pin. The seal ring
With this type of shaft seal, the escape of housing, bolted to the end shield, is insulated to
hydrogen between the rotating shaft and the housing prevent the flow of shaft currents. The oil is supplied
is prevented by maintaining a continuous film of oil to the shaft seal at three different pressures (air side
between the shaft and a non-rotating floating seal seal oil pressures, hydrogen side seal oil pressures
ring. To accomplish this, seal oil from two separate and higher pressure oil for ring relief) over pipes and
circuits, i.e. the air side and the hydrogen side seal the mounting flange of the seal ring housing. The air
oil circuit, is fed to the seal ring at a pressure slightly side and hydrogen side seal oil is admitted into the
higher than the hydrogen pressure. In addition, air side and hydrogen side annular grooves,
higher pressure air side oil is supplied to the shaft respectively, of the seal ring via passage in the seal
seal for thrust load compensation of the seal ring. ring housing and seal ring. A continuous film of oil is
maintained between the shaft and the seal ring. The
clearance between shaft and seal ring is such that
Hydrogen

friction losses are minimized and an oil film of


Air side
side

s u f f i c i e n t t h i c k n e s s i s m a i n ta i n e d w i t h o u t
unnecessarily large oil flow. Temperature rise of the
1 seal oil is therefore small which contributes to reliable
sealing. The babbit lining of the seal ring ensure high
2 reliability even in the event of boundary friction.
The air side seal oil pump delivers the oil at a
pressure maintained at >1.4 bar above the generator
hydrogen gas pressure at the shaft seal by means of
a differential pressure valve ("A" valve)
On the hydrogen side, the hydrogen-saturated seal
oil is circulated in a closed circuit. A pressure
equalizing valve maintains the oil pressure on the
hydrogen side slightly below that on the air side, thus
1 Seal ring housing keeping the interchange of oil between the air and
2 Seal ring hydrogen sides to a very small value.
Hydrogen side seal oil Air side seal oil for ring relief is fed to the annular
Air side seal oil groove in the air side seal ring carrier and forced
Ring relief oil between the seal ring and the seal ring housing. In
this way the oil and gas pressure acting on the seal
Fig.1 Interchange of Oil in Annular Groove of Shaft ring are balanced, and the friction between the seal
Seal and seal ring housing is reduced. The seal ring is thus
free to adjust its radial position, which is important
The double-flow shaft seal is characterized by its during the starting and shutdown period. The seal ring
s h o r t a x i a l l e n g t h , i ts i n d e p e n d e n c e f r o m t h e will adjust its position according to the shaft position
respective axial and radial position of the shaft, and as dictated by the oil film thickness and the vibratory
low hydrogen losses due to absorption by the seal condition.
oil. The seal ring need to allow axial displacement of
The two halves of the babbited seal ring float on the generator shaft, which is primarily caused by
the shaft journal with a small clearance and are turbine expansion. This permits the shaft to slide
guided in the axial direction by a seal ring housing through the seal ring without impairing the sealing
resistant to distortion and bending. The seal ring is effect.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-6000-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Shaft Seal
General

H2 side Air side

1
2

7
8 5
9 6

10

Section G-H 19 11 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Section C-D

20

Section E-F
Section A-B

Air
1 End shield 8 Inner labyrinth ring 15 Seal oil groove (Air side)
2 Packing 9 Seal strip 16 Babbit Hydrogen
3 Insulation 10 Rotor shaft 17 Seal ring
Air side seal oil
4 Seal ring chamber 11 Oil wiper ring (H 2 side) 18 Oil wiper ring (Air side)
5 Seal oil inlet bore 12 Seal ring carrier 19 Seal oil inlet bore (air side) H2 side seal oil
6 Pressure oil groove 13 Seal oil groove (H 2 side) 20 Pin
Pressure oil for seal ring relief
7 Seal oil groove 14 Seal oil groove (H 2 side)

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-6001-10550/1
0209E
Turbogenerators Seal Oil System
Description

Shaft seals supplied with pressurized seal oil are due to a mechanical or electrical failure, the second
provided to prevent hydrogen losses at the shaft and pump automatically takes over. If both pumps fail, the
the ingress of air into the hydrogen-cooled generator. seal oil supply is taken over by the stand-by pump
Details of the shaft seal are given in a separate without any interruption.
description in this manual.
As long as the seal oil pressure in the annular gap 2 Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit
exceeds the gas pressure in the generator, no hydrogen
will escape from the generator housing. The shaft seal During normal operation, the hydrogen side pump
is supplied with seal oil by a separate system consisting draws the seal oil from the seal oil storage tank and
of a hydrogen side seal oil circuit and an air side seal feeds it to the shaft seal via coolers and filters. The
oil circuit. The oil in the seal oil system is the same as seal oil supplied to the shaft seals which drains
that used in the turbine-generator journal shown. towards the hydrogen side through the annular gaps
between the shaft and the seal rings is first collected
1 Air Side Seal Oil Circuit in the generator pre-chambers and then returned to
the seal oil tank.
During normal operation, the air side seal oil pump By dividing the seal oil system into two separate
(AC) draws the seal oil from the seal oil storage tank circuits, the hydrogen losses at the seals are kept to
and feeds it to the shaft seals via coolers and filters. a minimum. Since the hydrogen side seal oil comes
The seal oil supplied to the shaft seals which drains into contact with only the hydrogen gas, it is saturated
towards the air side through the annular gaps between with hydrogen and contains no air. Vacuum treatment
the shaft and seal rings is returned to the seal oil storage of the seal oil and the resulting continuous hydrogen
tank. losses are thus avoided. The air side seal oil, which
For the air side seal oil circuit, three seal oil pumps is only in contact with air, becomes saturated with air.
are provided with one of the three pumps always in By separating the two seal oil circuits, entry of air to
operation. In the event of a failure of the pump in service the hydrogen compartment is kept to a minimum

1 Seal ring

Air side seal oil circuit


2 Seal oil storage tank
3 Seal oil pump
4 DPR-A valve
5 Oil cooler
6 Seal oil filter

Hydrogen side seal oil circuit


7 Generator prechamber
8 Pressure equalising valve
9 Seal oil tank
10 Seal oil filter
11 DPR-C Valve
12 Oil cooler
13 Seal oil pump

Air side seal oil

Hydrogen side seal oil

Pressure oil for Seal oil ring relief

Hydrogen

Fig-1: Seal oil diagram (Simplified)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7100-10550/1


0209 E
thereby maintaining good hydrogen purity. linked to the valve stem by means of an adjusting nut.
One seal oil pump is used for oil circulation in the A s m a y b e s e e n o n t h e a t ta c h e d d i a g r a m ,
hydrogen side oil circuit. In the event of a failure of differential pressure valve "C" ("C" valve) serves to
this pump, the seal oil to the hydrogen side annular control the seal oil pressure in the hydrogen side seal
derived from the air side oil supply circuit. oil circuit and operates on the same principle, with
W h e n o p e r a t i n g i s t h i s m a n n e r, a s l o w the only difference being that the air side seal oil
deterioration of the hydrogen purity in the generator pressures are used as impulse.
will take place, since the oil flowing towards the The constant differential pressure between the air
hydrogen side will introduce air, which will come out side and the hydrogen side oil is controlled by
of the oil in the hydrogen atmosphere due to the separate pressure equalizing control valves for each
change in pressures. In case of prolonged operation, shaft seal. The function of the pressure equalizing
it may eventually become necessary to improve the control valve is illustrated in the attached diagram.
hydrogen purity by gas scavenging. Due to the fact that the air side and hydrogen side
seal oil pressures act in opposite directions, the valve
3 Seal Oil Pressure Regulation stem is moved upwards or downwards when these
pressures are unbalanced. The valve opens further
The air side and the hydrogen side seal oil circuits with a downward movement of the valve stem (occurs
are, however, in contact in the annular gaps between at rising air side seal oil pressure), resulting in a raise
the shaft seal. The seal oil pressures at the shaft seal of the hydrogen side seal oil pressure. Setting of the
are set so that the air side seal oil pressure is slightly desired differential pressure to be maintained by the
higher than the hydrogen side seal oil pressure. valve is done by a corresponding pre-loading of the
Accordingly, a very small quantity of oil flows from control piston.
the air side to the hydrogen side in the annular gap
resulting in a gradual increase in the amount of oil in 4 Seal Oil Drains
the hydrogen side oil circuit. A float valve in seal oil
tank returns the excess oil to the seal oil storage tank. The oil drains from the air side of the shaft seals
The interchange of oil between the two circuit is so discharges to the generator bearing space and is
small that the aforementioned advantages of two returned to the turbine oil tank via the seal oil storage
separate circuit are not impaired. tank together with the bearing oil.
Oil pressures which exceed the generator gas The oil drained from the hydrogen side of the shaft
pressure are required to ensure proper sealing of the seals is discharged into the generator pre-chambers.
generator. With the seal oil pumps in operation, the The pre-chambers reduce the oil flow which permits
seal oil pressure is controlled by differential pressure the escape of entrapped gas bubbles and de-foaming
valves "A" ("A" valve). The first "A" valve controls the of the oil. Down-stream of the pre-chambers, the oil
seal oil pressure after two equal-priority ac air side flows are combined and returned into the seal oil tank.
seal oil pumps. The pressure after the stand-by seal Float valves keep the oil level in the tank at a
oil pump is separately controlled by the second "A" predetermined level. If an excessive amount of oil is
valve. Depending on the valve setting and the impulse supplied to the seal oil tank, a float valve allows some
oil pressure prevailing (seal oil pressure and hydrogen oil to return to the seal oil storage tank.
casing pressure), a larger or smaller amount of oil is The small amount of hydrogen escaping from the
returned to the suction pipe so that the required seal generator together with the oil does not present a
oil pressures is established at the shaft seals. danger to the generator surrounding since the oil
The function of the "A" valves is illustrated in the drained on the hydrogen side is returned to the turbine
attached diagram. Since the gas pressure and the oil tank only via the seal oil storage tank where the
impulse oil pressure act in opposite directions, the majority of the entrapped hydrogen is removed. The
valve stem is moved upwards or downwards when seal oil storage tank is connected to the bearing
these pressure become unbalanced. The valve cone vapour-exhausters which also vent the generator pre-
is arranged so that the valve closes further for a chambers.
downward movement of the valve stem (occurs at
rising gas pressure or falling seal oil pressure). This 5 Seal Ring Relief
oil flow throttling results in a rise of the air side seal
oil pressure at the shaft seals. Setting of the desired To ensure free movement of the seal ring, the shaft
differential pressure (set valve) to be maintained by seals are provide with pressure oil for ring relief. The
the valve is done by a corresponding pre-loading of oil supply for ring relief is obtained from the air side
the main bellows. The pre-loading is adjusted with a oil circuit. The required pressure setting for each shaft
compression spring, the upper end of which is rigidly seal is accomplished separately.
connected to the valve yoke, while its lower end is

2.1-7100-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators Differential Pressure Valve A
Description

**

1 Connection for gas signal pipe


2 Connection for oil signal pipe
3 Oil inlet
5 4 Valve head
1 5 Main Bellow
Hydrogen 6 Upper sealing bellows
7 Valve stem
8 Compression spring
2 ** 9 Adjusting nut
Seal oil 10 Lock nut
6 11 Yoke
12 Lower sealing bellows
13 Valve Housing
14 Valve cone
15 Oil inlet

7
* Vent connection

** Screw plug

8
9
10

11

12

13

14

3
15

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7101-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Differential Pressure Valve C
Description

5
1

2 *

8 1 Connection for air side seal


oil signal
9 2 Connection for hydrogen side
10 seal oil signal
3 Hydrogen side seal oil inlet
11 4 Valve head
5 Main Bellow
6 Upper sealing bellows
7 Valve stem
8 Compression spring
12 9 Adjusting nut
10 Lock nut
13 11 Yoke
12 Lower sealing bellows
13 Valve Housing
3 14 Valve cone
14
15 Hydrogen side seal oil inlet

* Vent connection

15 ** Screw plug

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7103-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Pressure Equalizing Control Valve
Description

4
1

6
17
1 Connection for air side signal pressure
2 Cap
16 3 Lock nut
4 Threaded spindle
15 5 Compression spring
6 Piston housing
7 Oil outlet
8 Compression spring
9 Threaded spindle
10 Lock nut
11 Cap
12 Valve cone
13 Oil inlet
14 14 Valve housing
15 Connection for Hydrogen side signal pressure
13 16 Valve cone stem
17 Control piston

12
8

10

11

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7104-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Seal oil System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

1 MAV 72 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN U LOOP DRAIN PIPE LINE
AA513 2.5 SC

2 MKW01 GATE VALVE 80 CS SHUT OFF TO SEAL OIL PUMPS PIPE LINE
AA503 2.5 FL

3 MKW01 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR SOST DRAIN PIPE LINE
AA504 2.5 SC

4 MKW03 FLOAT VALVE 50 CS FLOAT VALVE FOR SOST DRAIN SEAL OIL UNIT
AA001 1.6 FL

5 MKW03 FLOAT VALVE 50 CS FLOAT VALVE FOR SOT SUPPLY FROM SEAL OIL UNIT
AA002 1.6 FL AIR SIDE CIRCUIT

6 MKW03 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN DRAIN LINE OF SEAL OIL UNIT
AA 501 4.0 FL S O T CIRCUIT

7 MKW03 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR SEAL OIL SUP SEAL OIL UNIT
AA502 4.0 FL PLY TO SOT

8 MKW03 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS DRAIN VALVE FOR H2 SIDE SEAL OI PIPE LINE
AA503 2.5 SC L DRAIN LOOP

9 MKW03 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN DRAIN BYPASS A SEAL OIL UNIT
AA504 4.0 FL T SOT

10 MKW03 GLOBE VALVE 20 CS SHUTOFF VALVE FOR OIL LEVEL IND SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 2.5 FL ICATOR FOR S O TANK

11 MKW03 GLOBE VALVE 20 CS SHUT OFF VALVE FRO OIL LEVEL IND SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 FL ICATOR ,BOTTOM

12 MKW11 RELIEF VALVE 20 CS RELIEF VLV FOR AC SOP-1(AIR SIDE SOP UNIT
AA001 2.5 FL )

13 MKW11 DPR VALVE 25 CS FOR MAINTAINING CONSTANT PRESS D SEAL OIL UNIT
AA002 1.6 FL IFFERENCE

14 MKW11 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL IMPULSE OF DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA507 2.5 BW

15 MKW11 CHECK VALVE 50 CS CHECK VALVE AFTER AC SOP-1 AIR S SEAL OIL UNIT
AA003 4.0 FL IDE

16 MKW11 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN BYEPASS LINE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA508 4.0 FL

17 MKW11 GATE VALVE 80 CS INLET TO SOP-1 AIR SIDE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 4.0 FL

18 MKW11 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 4.0 FL

19 MKW11 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN OIL IMPULSE LI SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 BW NE OF DPRV

20 MKW11 SHUT OFF VALVE 50 CS NR SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER AIR SID SEAL OIL UNIT
AA004 2.5 FL E SOP-1&2

21 MKW11 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA504 4.0 FL

22 MKW13 RELIEF VALVE 20 CS BLOW OFF OF OIL FOR SOP(H2 SIDE) SEAL OIL UNIT
AA001 2.5 FL

23 MKW13 DPR VALVE 25 CS FOR MAINTAINING CP DIFFERENCE SEAL OIL UNIT


AA002 1.6 FL

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7112-10550/1


0209E
SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN
NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

24 MKW13 CHECK VALVE 50 CS CHECK VALVE AFTER H2 SIDE SOP SEAL OIL UNIT
AA003 4.0 FL

25 MKW13 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE H2 SIDE SE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 4.0 FL ALOIL PUMP

26 MKW13 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR SEAL OIL BEF SEAL OIL UNIT
AA503 4.0 FL ORE H2 SIDE COOLERS

27 MKW13 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN AIR SIDE IMPUL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 4.0 FL SE LINE

28 MKW13 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN H2 SIDE SEAL O SEAL OIL UNIT
AA511 4.0 FL IL DRAIN LINE

29 MKW13 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS EQUALISING VALVE IN BYE PASS OF SEAL OIL UNIT
AA507 2.5 BW IMPULSE LINE

30 MKW13 NEEDLE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VALVE AT DPRV AIR SEAL OIL UNIT
AA508 2.5 BW SIDE

31 MKW13 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VLV AT DPRV H2 SID SEAL OIL UNIT
AA509 2.5 BW E

32 MKW13 GATE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF VLV IN H2 SIDE DPRV BY SEAL OIL UNIT
AA510 4.0 FL PASS LINE TO SOT

33 MKW13 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VALVE IN H2 SIDE IMPUL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 BW SELINE

34 MKW21 RELIEF VALVE 20 CS RELIEF VLV FOR AC SOP-2 (AIR SIDE SOP UNIT
AA001 0.0 FL )

35 MKW21 CHECK VALVE 50 CS CHECK VLV AFTER AIR SIDE SOP-2 SEAL OIL UNIT
AA002 4.0 FL

36 MKW21 GATE VALVE 80 CS INLET TO SOP-2(AIR SIDE) SOP UNIT


AA501 4.0 FL

37 MKW21 GATE VALVE 50 CS AIR SIDE & H2 SIDE OIL INTERCONN SEAL OIL UNIT
AA503 4.0 FL

38 MKW23 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS H2 IMPULSE TO DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT


AA503 25.0 SC

39 MKW23 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS H2 IMPULSE TO DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT


AA504 25.0 SC

40 MKW31 RELIEF VALVE 20 CS RELIEF VLV FOR SOP-3 (AIR SIDE) SOP UNIT
AA001 2.5 FL

41 MKW31 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VLV IN OIL IMPULSE LINE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 BW OFDPRV

42 MKW31 DPR VALVE 25 CS FOR MAINTAINING CP DIFFERENCE SEAL OIL UNIT


AA002 1.6 FL

43 MKW31 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL IMPULSE VENT OF DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA507 2.5 BW

44 MKW31 NR SHUT OFF VALVE 50 CS NON RETURN SHUT OFF VLV AFTER AI SEAL OIL UNIT
AA004 2.5 FL R SIDE SEAL OIL PUMP

45 MKW31 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV BEFORE DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA504 4.0 FL

46 MKW31 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV AFTER DPRV SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 4.0 FL

47 MKW31 CHECK VALVE 50 CS CHECK VLV AFTER SOP-3(AIR SIDE) SEAL OIL UNIT
AA003 4.0 FL

48 MKW31 GATE VALVE 80 CS INLET TO SOP-3(AIR SIDE) SEAL OIL UNIT


AA501 4.0 FL

2.1-7112-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Seal oil System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

49 MKW51 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS 3-WAY CHANGE OVER VLV AT SEAL OI SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 VLV 1.6 FL L COOLER (AIR SIDE)

50 MKW51 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS 3-WAY CHANGE OVER VLV AT SEAL OI SEAL OIL UNIT
AA502 VLV 1.6 FL L COOLER (AIR SIDE)

51 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS FILLER VLV FOR AIR SIDE S.O.COOL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA503 2.5 BW ER

52 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS S.O.DRAIN VLV AT AIR SIDE COOLER SEAL OIL UNIT
AA504 2.5 BW -2

53 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS S.O.DRAIN VLV AT AIR SIDE COOLER SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 2.5 BW -1

54 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER DRAIN VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 BW R-2 AIR SIDE

55 MKW51 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VALVE FOR SEAL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA512 VLV 1.6 FL OIL FILTER-1 (AIR SIDE) WITH FILTER

56 MKW51 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VALVE FOR SEAL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA513 VLV 1.6 FL OIL FILTER-2 (AIR SIDE) WITH FILTER

57 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER VENT VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA508 2.5 BW R-2 (AIR SIDE)

58 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VLV INLET AT COOL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA510 2.5 BW ER-2 (AIR SIDE)

59 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VLV FROM COOLER-1 SEAL OIL UNIT
AA511 2.5 BW (AIR SIDE)

60 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER DRAIN VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA507 2.5 BW R-1 (AIR SIDE)

61 MKW51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER VENT VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA509 2.5 BW R-1 (AIR SIDE)

62 MKW53 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VALVE AT SEAL OIL CO SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 VLV 1.6 FL OLER (H2 SIDE)

63 MKW53 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VALVE AT SEAL OIL CO SEAL OIL UNIT
AA502 VLV 1.6 FL OLER (H2 SIDE)

64 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS FILLER VLV FOR H2 SIDE S.O.COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA503 2.5 BW R

65 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL DRAIN VALVE AT H2 SIDE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA504 2.5 BW COOLER-2

66 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL DRAIN VALVE AT H2 SIDE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA505 2.5 BW COOLER-1

67 MKW53 NEEDLE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER DRAIN VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA506 2.5 BW R-2 (H2 SIDE)

68 MKW53 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VLV FOR SEAL OIL FI SEAL OIL UNIT
AA513 VLV 1.6 FL LTER-2 (H2 SIDE) WITH FILTER

69 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER DRAIN VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA507 2.5 BW R-1(H2 SIDE)

70 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER VENT VLV AT COOLER SEAL OIL UNIT
AA509 2.5 BW -1(H2 SIDE)

71 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VALVE AT COOLER-2 SEAL OIL UNIT
AA510 2.5 BW (H2SIDE)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7112-10550/3


0209E
SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN
NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

72 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SEAL OIL VENT VALVE AT COOLER-1 SEAL OIL UNIT
AA511 2.5 BW (H2SIDE)

73 MKW53 DOUBLE CHG OVER 50 CS CHANGE OVER VLV AT SEAL OIL FIL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA512 VLV 1.6 FL ETR-1(H2 SIDE)

74 MKW53 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS COOLING WATER VENT VLV AT COOLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA508 2.5 BW R-2(AIR SIDE)

75 MKW71 3-WAY VALVE 50 CS 3-WAY VLV TE(AIR SIDE) SOV RACK


AA511 1.6 FL

76 MKW71 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV FOR SEAL OIL,TE (AI SOV RACK
AA512 4.0 FL R SIDE)

77 MKW71 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VLV IN SEAL OIL IMPULSE SOV RACK
AA513 2.5 BW LINE,TE (AIR SIDE)

78 MKW71 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS VENT FOR EQUALISING VLV TE (AIR SOV RACK
AA514 2.5 BW SIDE)

79 MKW71 3-WAY VALVE 50 CS 3-WAY VLV,EE (AIR SIDE) SOV RACK


AA521 1.6 FL

80 MKW71 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV FOR SEAL OIL,EE (AI SOV RACK
AA522 4.0 FL R SIDE)

81 MKW71 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VLV IN SEAL OIL IMPULSE SOV RACK
AA523 2.5 BW LINE,EE (AIR SIDE)

82 MKW71 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS VENT FOR EQUALISING VLV EE (AIR SOV RACK
AA524 2.5 BW SIDE)

83 MKW71 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS FIRST SHT OFF VLV FOR PR.MSRMENT PIPE LINE
AA551 2.5 SC BEF.AIR SIDE MNFLD

84 MKW71 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS FIRST SHUT OFF VLV FOR AIR SIDE PIPE LINE
AA552 2.5 SC SO PR MSRMENT,TE

85 MKW71 NEEDLE VALVE 15 CS FIRST SHUT OFF VLV FOR AIR SIDE PIPE LINE
AA553 2.5 SC S O PR MSREMENT,EE

86 MKW73 EQUALISING VALVE 50 CS EQUALISING VLV FOR S.O.PRESSURE SOV RACK


AA011 2.5 FL TE(H2 SIDE)

87 MKW73 EQUALISING VALVE 50 CS EQUALISING VLV FOR S.O.PRESSURE SOV RACK


AA021 2.5 FL EE(H2 SIDE)

88 MKW73 3-WAY VALVE 50 CS 3-WAY VLV TE (H2 SIDE) SOV RACK


AA511 1.6 FL

89 MKW73 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV FOR SEAL OIL IMPULS SOV RACK
AA512 4.0 FL E LINE, TE (H2 SIDE)

90 MKW73 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUT OFF VLV FOR SEAL OIL IMPULS SOV RACK
AA513 2.5 BW E LINE, TE (H2 SIDE)

91 MKW73 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS VENT FOR EQUALISING VALVE TE (H2 SOV RACK
AA514 2.5 BW SIDE)

92 MKW73 3-WAY VALVE 50 CS 3-WAY VLV,EE (H2 SIDE) SOV RACK


AA521 1.6 FL

93 MKW73 GATE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF VLV FOR SEAL OIL EE (H SOV RACK
AA522 4.0 FL 2 SIDE)

94 MKW73 GLOBE VALVE 10 CS SHUTOFF VALVE IN SEAL OIL IMPULS SOV RACK
AA523 2.5 BW E LINE,EE (H2 SIDE)

95 MKW73 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS VENT FOR EQUALISING VALVE EE (H2 SOV RACK
AA524 2.5 BW SIDE)

96 MKW76 GATE VALVE 25 CS MULTIWAY SHUT OFF VALVE FOR R.R. SOV RACK
AA511 1.6 FL FLOW METERS (TE)

2.1-7112-10550/4
0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Seal oil System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

97 MKW76 GATE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER R.R.FLOW ME SOV RACK
AA512 4.0 FL TER(TE)

98 MKW76 REGULATING 25 CS REGULATING VALVE FOR RING RELIEF SOV RACK


AA513 4.0 FL OIL,TE

99 MKW76 GATE VALVE 25 CS MULTIWAY SHUT OFF VALVE FOR R.R. PIPE LINE
AA521 1.6 FL FLOW METERS (EE)

100 MKW76 GATE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER R.R.FLOW ME PIPE LINE
AA522 4.0 FL TER(EE)

101 MKW76 REGULATING VALVE 25 CS REGULATING VALVE FOR RING RELIEF PIPE LINE
AA523 4.0 FL OIL,TE

102 PGB51 3-WAY VALVE 65 CS 3-WAY VLV FOR COOLING WATER INLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 1.6 FL T (H2 SIDE)

103 PGB52 REGULATING VALVE 65 CS REGULATING VALVE AFTER SEAL OIL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 1.6 FL COOLER-1, H2 SIDE

104 PGB52 REGULATING VALVE 65 CS REGULATING VALVE AFTER SEAL OIL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA502 1.6 FL COOLER-2,H2 SIDE

105 PGB61 3-WAY VALVE 65 CS 3-WAY VLV FOR COOLING WATER INLE SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 1.6 FL T (AIR SIDE)

106 PGB62 REGULATING VALVE 65 CS REGULATING VALVE AFTER SEAL OIL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA501 1.6 FL COOLER-1,AIR SIDE

107 PGB62 REGULATING VALVE 65 CS REGULATING VALVE AFTER SEAL OIL SEAL OIL UNIT
AA502 1.6 FL COOLER-2,AIR SIDE

Legend

FL = Flanged
SC = Screwed
CS = Carbon Steel
CR = Cromium Steel
GM = Gun Metal

RT = Room Temperature

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7112-10550/5


0209E
Turbogenerators
Bearing Vopour Exhauster
Description

The bearing vapour exhauster establishes a 6


vacuum in the generator bearing compartments
which prevents the escape of oil from the bearing
compartments along the shaft. In addition, the
bearing vapour exhausted draws off any hydrogen 4 5 7
gas which may be admitted into the bearing
compartments in the event of a shaft seal failure.
The bearing vapour exhauster embodies optimum
safeguards permitting it to be used for extracting
hydrogen gas from the bearing compartments.
The exhauster is driven by a three-phase motor
attached perpendicular to the exhauster housing.
Flanged connections are provided for the suction and
delivery pipes.
The fan impeller is directly mounted on the motor
shaft. The shaft is sealed with a double-acting
grease-lubricated axial seal which works via a
packing washer which is forced in the axial direction
against the seal collar. A spring provides for a highly
flexible seal.

1 2 3

3 21

4 1 Packing washer
2 Seal collar
3 Motor shaft
1 Drive motor
4 Motor flange
2 Regressing device
5 Regressing device
3 Suction branch
6 Exhauster housing
4 Delivery branch
7 Fan Impeller

Fig.1 Bearing Vapour Exhauster


Fig.2 Bearing Vapour Exhauster

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7120-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Seal Oil Pumps
Description

1 General
viscosity.
High speeds are readily attainable because all
Oil lubricated radial seals at the rotor shaft ends
moving parts perform rotary movements only.
prevent the hydrogen gas from escaping from the
The main components of the pump are illustrated in
generator to the atmosphere.
the sectional view of a screw pump.
Seal oil pumps are used to supply the seal oil to the
By internalising, the helical passages in the rotors
shaft seals in a closed circuit.
are divided into compartments completely sealed which,
while rotating progress completely uniformly and without
2 Construction and Mode of Operation
undue stressing from the suction to the discharge end,
thus acting like a piston. Dummy pistons compensate
The seal oil pumps are three-screw pumps. One
for the axial thrust on the thread flank faces at the
double-thread driving rotor and two driven idler screw
discharge end. Axial thrust on the deep-groove ball
dare closely meshed and run with a close clearance in
bearing is thus eliminated.
the casing insert. The pump casing accommodates the
The idler screw are hydraulically driven due to
casing insert and is closed off by covers at the drive
suitable screw dimensions. The thread flanks transmit
end and nondriver end.
only the torque resulting from fluid friction, which ensures
The screw pump is suitable for rigorous service
very quiet running.
and, due to the absence of control parts sensitive to
The screw pumps are driven by electric motors
dirt, allows for relatively large variations of seal oil
through a coupling. The motor speed and rating are
matched to the expected delivery flow and heads.

1 Idler screw 1 2 3 4
2 Driving rotor
3 Dummy pastor
4 Shaft seal (sliding ring gland)

Fig.1 Screw Pump With Relief Valve

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7123-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Seal Oil Cooler and Seal Oil Filter
Description

1 Seal Oil Coolers


The two full-capacity seal oil coolers are designed
as plate heat exchangers. One of the two coolers is 1
in operation while the other is in standby mode, and 2
changeover can be performed without affecting 3
system operation. The oil side of the standby cooler 4
must be filled. [1]
5
2 Seal Oil Filters
6

The seal oil filters are arranged directly after the 7


seal oil coolers. The filters have a fine mesh screen
which serves to prevent damage to the shaft seals by
8
foreign particles entrained in the oil. By connecting
two separate filters in series, one of the two filters
can always be maintained in operation, supplying
filtered oil to the shaft seals. The change-over valve
assembly at the filters allows one filter to be out of
service for cleaning without interruption of the oil flow. 1 Valve assembly 5 Transfer valve assembly
2 Position indicator 6 Valve lever
3 Pressure equalizing valve 7 Filter housing
4 Differential pressure indicator 8 Oil outlet flange

Fig.1 Seal Oil Filter

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7130-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Seal Oil Cooler
Description

1. Upper tubesheet 8. Cooling water connection


2. Support plate 9. Cooler base
3. Return water channel 10. Water channel
4. Partition ring 11. Lower tubesheet
5. Inspection port 12. Oil outlet
6. Tube bundle 13. Oil inlet
7. Cooler shell
2.1-7131-10550/1
BHEL, Haridwar 0209 E
Turbogenerators
Seal Oil Filter
Description

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 Position indicator 8 Drain plug


2 Eyebolt 9 Changeover valve assembly
3 Filter valve 10 Oil outlet flange
4 Strainer 11 Valve lever
5 Filter housing 12 Oil inlet flange
6 Support 13 Signal line for differential
7 Vent plug pressure

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7132-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Differential Pressure Meter System
Description

1. General
transmission lines and equalizing valve assembly.
Vents are provided at the pressure gauges.
The pressures of the hydrogen side and air side
seal oil circuits are applied to differential pressure 2. D i f f e r e n t i a l P r e s s u r e M e t e r s f o r D i r e c t
measurement devices. A complete system for
Indication
measurement of the seal oil differential pressures
consists of the following components. The two input pressures to be compared act on
the diaphragms on both sides, With the force set up
Q Differential pressure transmission lines by the differential pressure producing a deflection of
Q Equalizing valve assembly t h e e l a s t i c b o d y. T h e r e s u l t i n g m o v e m e n t i s
Differential pressure gauges
transmitted to the pointer mechanism for direct
Q

The seal oil pressures are transmitted to the indication of the differential pressure. The point has
diaphragms of the pressure gauges via the a deflection of 270 degrees.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7150-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Gas System

Description

1. General liquid state. The bottles should be provided with risers to


The gas system consists of the following components: ensure complete emptying. The arrangement of the CO 2
bottle rack corresponds to that of the H2 bottle rack. The
Q CO2 bottle rack liquid CO 2, which is stored under pressure, is fed to the
Q H2 bottle rack gas valve rack via a shutoff valve.
Q N2 bottle rack
Q Gas dryer 3.2 CO2 Vaporiser
Q Gas valve rack At the gas valve rack the liquid CO2 is evaporated and
expanded in a CO2 vapouriser. The heat for vaporization is
The design of the gas system complies with the safety supplied to the vapouriser electrically. A temperature control
regulations according to VDE 0530. Part 3 and with the is provided so that freezing of the flash evaporator is
German pressure vessel code. prevented, and the CO2 is admitted into the generator at
the proper temperature. One safety valve each on the high-
2. Hydrogen Supply pressure and low-pressure sides protects the pipe system
against inadmissible high pressure.
The hydrogen for the generator is supplied from a
hydrogen bottle rack. The hydrogen should have a minimum 4 Compressed air Supply
purity of 99.7%.
To remove the CO2 from the generator, a compressed
2.1 H2 Bottle Rack air supply with compressed air filter is connected to the
The H2 bottles are connected to the manifold on the general air system of the power plant.
bottle rack. Valves on the bottles and valves on the manifold Under all operating conditions, except for CO 2
allow replacement of individual bottles during operation. purging, the compressed air hose between the filter and
The hydrogen is stored in the steel bottles at a very high the generator pipe system should be disconnected. This
pressure. The hydrogen gas available in the manifold at visible break is to ensure that no air can be admitted into a
bottle pressure is passed to two parallel-connected hydrogen-filled generator.
pressure reducers for expansion to the required
intermediate pressure and is then passed to pressure 5. Gas Valve Rack and Gas Monitoring Equipment
reducers on the gas valve rack for expansion to the
pressure required for generator operation. Relief valves 5.1 Gas Valve Rack
on the low-pressure sides of all pressure reducers are To aid in operation of the gas system, the gas valve
connected to an outlet pipe system through which any rack is furnished with a mini diagram on the face of the
excess hydrogen is passed to the atmosphere. All pressure panel.
reducers are of identical design. Single-stage construction The valves used in the gas system have rubber/metal-
of the pressure reducers ensures a constant pressure, sealed valve seats to ensure gas tightness.
even under low or no flow conditions, and allows large
volume flow quantities of hydrogen to be reduced in 5.2 Casing Pressure Measurement
pressure during the hydrogen filling procedure. For measuring and checking the gas pressure in the
generator, the gas rack is provided with a pressure
3. Carbon Dioxide Supply transmitter and pressure gauges for local measurement.
For safety, the pressure transmitter is of an explosion proof
As a precaution against explosive mixtures, air must design.
never be directly replaced with hydrogen during generator
filling not the hydrogen replaced directly with air during the 5.3 Electrical Purity meter System
emptying procedure. In both cases, the generator must be The transmitter for the CO2 / H2 purity meter system on
scavenged or purged with an inert gas, carbon dioxide the gas valve rack is also of an explosion proof design.
(CO2) being used for this purpose. The meter system operates on the thermal conductivity
method. The meter system measures the H2 content of the
3.1 CO2 Bottle Rack gas in the generator as well as the composition of gas
The carbon dioxide is supplied in steel bottles in the mixtures (CO2 / air and H2 / CO2) during filling and emptying

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7200-10550/1


0209E
of the generator. nitrogen supply is required for:

5.4 Mechanical Purity Meter System Q Removing the air above the water level in the
The second purity meter system is a mechanical type primary water tank during initial operation of the
and uses the physical relationships between the hydrogen primary water system.
pressure, the speed of the generator fan, and the specific Q Removing the oxygen dissolved in the primary water
gravity of the medium. This meter system, therefore, during filling of the primary water system.
functions only at rated speed. Q Removing the hydrogen gas above the water level
in the primary water tank during shutdown of the
5.5 Gas Analysis primary water system
In addition, facilities are provided for gas sampling for Q Removing the hydrogen gas dissolved in the primary
chemical analysis of the gas in the generator. water during shutdown of the primary water
system.
6. Gas Dryer
The N 2 purge during initial operation ensures a
A small amount of the hydrogen circulating in the complete removal of the oxygen from the primary water
generator for cooling is passed through a gas drier. The circuit, thus eliminating the risk of corrosion attack.
gas inlet and gas outlet pipes of the gas dryer are connected The N 2 purge during shutdown prevents the
at points of the generator with different static formation of an explosive hydrogen-air mixture During
heads(differential fan pressure), so that the gas is forced operation hydrogen may enter into the primary water
through the dryer by the differential pressure only. tank by diffusion at the insulating hoses.
The nitrogen available from a bottle is passed to a
7. Nitrogen (N2 ) Supply pressure reducer for expansion and admitted into the
primary water tank via the N 2 supply line.
On a water-cooled turbine generator an additional

2.1-7200-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Gas System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

1 MKG 11 PR.REDUCER 8 CS H2 PR.REDUCER(STAGE-1) H2 DISTRIBUTER


AA 001 0.0 SC

2 MKG 11 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SHUTOFF AT H2 CYLINDER H2 CYLINDER


AA 501 25.0 SC

3 MKG 11 MANIFOLD VLV 8 CR H2 DISTRIBUTER MANIFOLD H2 DISTRIBUTER


AA 531 25.0 SC

4 MKG 11 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR SHUT OFF AT INLET TO MK H2 DISTRIBUTER


AA 561 25.0 SC G 11/ AA 001

5 MKG 12 PR.REDUCER 8 CS H2 PR.REDUCER(STAGE-1) H2 DISTRIBUTER


AA 001 25.0 SC

6 MKG 12 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR SHUT OFF AT INLET TO M H2 DISTRIBUTER


AA 501 25.0 SC KG12/ AA 001

7 MKG 15 GLOBE VALVE 25 CR SHUT OFF AT OUTLET FROM MKG 11/ H2 DISTRIB
AA 501 2.5 SC AA001

8 MKG 15 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO M GAS UNIT


AA 502 2.5 SC KG19/ AA 001

9 MKG 15 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS FOR CONNECTING H2 DISTRIBUTER TO GAS UNIT


AA 504 2.5 SC GAS UNIT

10 MKG 16 GLOBE VALVE 25 CR SHUT OFF AT OUTLET FROM MKG 12/ H2 DISTRIB
AA 501 2.5 SC AA001

11 MKG 17 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS FOR CONNECTING GAS UNIT TO STATI GAS UNIT
AA 504 2.5 SC ONH2 PLANT

12 MKG 17 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO MKG 19/ AA GAS UNIT
AA 505 2.5 SC 002

13 MKG 19 PR.REDUCER 25 CS H2 PR.REDUCER (STAGE-2) GAS UNIT


AA 001 2.5 SC

14 MKG 19 PR.REDUCER 25 CS H2.PR.REDUCER (STAGE-2) H2 UNIT


AA 002 2.5 SC

15 MKG 19 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET FROM MKG 19/ GAS UNIT
AA 501 2.5 FL AA001

16 MKG 19 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET FROM MKG 19/ GAS UNIT
AA 502 2.5 FL AA002

17 MKG 25 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO AF GAS UNIT


AA 501 2.5 SC

18 MKG 25 GLOBE VALVE 50 CS EXHAUST GAS UNIT


AA 502 2.5 FL

19 MKG 25 3-WAY VALVE 12 CR FOR CALIBRATION OF GAS ANALYSER GAS UNIT


AA 507 1.6 SC

20 MKG 25 GLOBE VALVE 25 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET TO AF GAS UNIT


AA 509 2.5 SC

21 MKG 25 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR SHUT OFF AT INLET TO GAS ANALYSE GAS UNIT
AA 511 25.0 SC R CABINET

22 MKG 25 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR FOR TAKING SAMPLE OF GAS FOR PUR GAS UNIT
AA 512 25.0 SC ITY ANALYSIS

23 MKG 25 THREE WAY VLV 50 CR SHUT OFF CO2 SUPPLY TO EXHAUST F GAS UNIT
AA 518 1.6 FL ROMTG

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7212-10550/1


0209E
SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN
NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

24 MKG25 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR VALVE AT INLET TO GAS ANALYSER C PIPELINE


AA021 25.0 SC ABINET

25 MKG25 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR VALVE AT INLET OF GAC FROM GENER PIPELINE


AA022 25.0 SC ATOR

25 MKG 25 3-WAY VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF TO H2 SUPPLY TO GENERAT GAS UNIT


AA 519 1.6 FL OR

26 MKG31 PR REGULATOR 8 CS N2 PRESSURE REGULATION N2 DISTRIBTR


AA001 15.0 SC

27 MKG 31 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SHUTOFF VALVE AT N2 CYLINDER N2 CYLINDER


AA 501 SC

28 MKG 31 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR N2 DISTRIBUTER MANIFOLD N2 DISTRIBTR


AA 502 25.0 SC

29 MKG 31 GATE VALVE 8 CR INLET TO PRESSURE REGULATOR N2 DISTRIBTR


AA 503 25.0 SC

30 MKG 35 GLOBE VALVE 8 CR OUTLET OF PRESSURE REGULATOR N2 DISTRIBTR


AA 501 25.0 SC

31 MKG 05 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SHUTOFF AT INLET TO GAC FROM GEN PIPE LINE
AA 501 25.0 SC ERATOR

32 MKG 51 SAFETY RELIEF VLV 6 CS TO RELEASE EXCESS CO2 PR. AT INL CO2 VAPOURSR
AA 001 17.5 SC TO CO2 VAP.

33 MKG 51 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS SHUTOFF AT CO2 CYLINDER CO2 CYLINDER


AA 501 SC

34 MKG 51 MANIFOLD VALVE 8 CR CO2 DISTRIBUTER MANIFOLD VALVES CO2 DISTRIBTR


AA 531 25.0 SC

35 MKG 51 GLOBE VALVE 10 CR SHUT OFF AT INLET TO CO2 VAPORI CO2 VAPOURSR
AA 561 25.5 SC SER

36 MKG 59 SAFETY RELIEF VLV 32 CS TO RELEASE EXCESS CO2 PR. ATCO2 CO2 DISTRIBTR
AA 001 0.6 FL VAP. OUTL

37 MKG59 GLOBE VALVE 50 CR OUTLET CO2 PRESSURE REGULATOR PIPELINE


AA507 SC

38 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO REF. GAS DR PIPE LINE
AA 502 1.6 FL IER-1

39 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET TO REF.GAS DR PIPE LINE


AA 503 1.6 FL IER-1

40 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO REF. GAS DR PIPE LINE
AA 509 1.6 FL IER-2

41 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET TO REF.GAS D PIPE LINE


AA 510 1.6 FL RIER-2

42 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO OIL TRAP IN PIPE LINE
AA 505 1.6 FL GAS DRIER INL.

43 MKG 69 GAS VALVE 15 CS SHUT OFF IN OIL TRAP DRAIN PIPE LINE
AA 508 1.6 SC

44 MKG 69 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS INLET OF DEW POINT METER FROM PIPE LINE
AA 506 1.6 SC GAS DRIER OUTLET

45 MKG 69 GLOBE VALVE 8 CS INLET OF DEW POINT METER FROM PIPE LINE
AA 507 1.6 SC CASING GAS
46 MKG69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUTOFF AT OUTLET OF GAS PIPE LINE
AA 504 1.6 FL RECIRCULATING BLOWER
47 MKG69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUTOFF AT INLET OF GAS PIPE LINE
AA511 1.6 FL RECIRCULATING BLOWER
48 MKG69 GAS VALVE 50 CS SHUTOFF IN BYPASS TO GAS PIPE LINE
AA505 1.6 FL RECIRCULATING BLOWER
2.1-7212-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators
CO 2 Vaporiser
Description

1 General outlet to the cooled copper pipe of the evaporator.


CO 2 is used to displace air from the generator The horizontally arranged housing is
before hydrogen filling and to displace hydrogen from filled with heat transmitting liquid to ensure a better
the generator before filling the generator with air. heat transfer to the copper pipe coil and thus to the
Since the CO 2 is available in the liquid state, it CO 2 flowing through the pipe coil.
must be expanded into a gas before use. The CO 2 is The heat transfer liquid is filled into the CO 2
expanded in a CO 2 vaporiser located on the gas valve vaporiser through the expansion vessel mounted on
rack.To prevent icing of the vaporiser it is electrically top of the housing. For protection against excessive
heated. pressures in the CO 2 line, one relief valve is arranged
before and after the CO 2 flash evaporator.
2 Design features and mode of operation
The orifice at the CO 2 out let of the expansion
The CO 2 vaporiser consists of a tubular housing vessel provides for an expansion of the CO 2 obtained
closed by flanges at both ends. One flange carries from the bottles to a pressure of 25 to 7 psig. Heating
electrical heating elements which are connected to of the CO 2 in the copper pipe coil is sufficient to
terminals in the terminal box mounted external to the prevent icing of the expansion device at the prevailing
flange. The opposite flange contains the inlet and flow velocities.

1 2 3 4 5 6

12 11 10 9 8 7

1 Vent for heat transmitting liquid 7 CO2 inlet


2 Copper pipe coil 8 CO2 outlet
3 Insulation 9 Housing
4 Expansion vessel 10 Heating element
5 Relief valve before CO 2 vaporiser 11 Drain for heat transfer liquid
6 Shutoff valve before CO 2 vaporiser 12 Terminal box

Fig.1 CO 2 Vaporiser

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7230-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Gas Dryer (RefrigerationType)
Description

For hydrogen gas drying, 2 nos. Refrigeration gas driers After the operation of the Refrigeration drier, the
are available. Either of these two can be selected for the condensate gets collected in the condensate chamber,
gas drying operation, by suitably operating the following which can be observed through the glass window.
valves, to bring in circuit either drier-1 or drier-2: Drain the condensate chamber once every 24 hours.
For draining, first open the upper valve and let the
MKG69 AA501 At inlet of Refrigeration gas drier-1 condensate flow from the condensate chamber and
MKG69 AA504 At outlet of Refrigeration gas drier-1 collect in the pipe. Then close this upper valve and
open the lower valve to drain the condensate. This is
MKG69 AA 506 At inlet of Refrigeration gas drier-2 done to ensure that no hydrogen leakage takes place
MKG69 AA507 At outlet of Refrigeration gas drier-2 from the generator system.

The Refrigeration gas drier is to be operated for a total For further details, refer O&M manual for the
period of 8 hours in 24 hours duration. This can be Refrigeration gas drier
suitably selected on the timer available on the drier.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7270-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Primary Water System
Description

1 General free, mechanically clean


The losses occurring in the stator windings, -distilled water
terminal bushings and phase connectors are -fully de-mineralised water from boiler feed water
dissipated through direct water cooling. Since the treatment plant
cooling water is the primary coolant to dissipate the -condensate
losses, it is designated as primary water. Since the primary water comes into direct contact
The primary water system basically consists of the with the high-voltage stator winding, it must have an
following components: electrical conductivity below a value of 2 μmho/cm. The
-Primary water supply unit water in the primary water circuit is therefore treated in a
-Primary water coolers water treatment system. Fully de-mineralised water from
-Primary water valve rack the boiler feed water treatment plant and condensate may
-Primary water tank only be used if no chemicals, such as ammonia,
hydrazine, phosphate, etc. were added to the water or
The primary water supply unit combines the condensate.
following components for primary water supply to the
generator: 3 Primary Water Circuit
Primary water pumps Fig. 1 shows a simplified schematic of the primary
Primary water filters water system. Note that the diagram shows that the
Conductivity transmitter external portion of the system may be operated through
Water treatment system a bypass line, with no primary water flowing through the
Flow, pressure and temperature transmitters. water-cooled generator components.
The primary water is circulated by one of the two
2 Primary Water Quality pumps on the primary water supply unit. Both primary
The primary water system may be filled with oxygen- water pumps are of full-capacity type. The electric control

12 1 2 3

1 Primary water tank


2 Pressure regulator
3 Waste gas to atmosphere
4 Pump
5 Cooler
9 6 Filter
11 7 Bypass line
8 Cooling water for stator
winding
8 9 Ion exchanger
10 Cooling water for main
4 bushings
12
and phase connector
5
11 Teflon hose
12 Cooling water
manifold

Primary water circuit-General


Coolant flow: Stator winding
11 7 2 10 Coolant flow: Main bushings
and phase connectors
Water treatment
Fig.1 Simplified schematic of the primary water system Waste gas

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7300-10550/1


02090 E
circuit of the pumps is arranged so that either pump may leaves the stator winding. The hydrogen occurs in the
be selected for normal service. primary water due to diffusion through the teflon hoses
The primary water is drawn from the primary water which connect the stator winding to inlet and outlet
tank and passes to a primary water manifold (inlet) via manifolds.
coolers and filters and from there to the stator bars via Since the primary water tank is the lowest pressure
teflon hoses. The primary water leaving the stator point in the system, has a relatively high water
winding is passed through similar teflon hoses to another temperature, a large water surface and sufficient
primary water manifold (outlet) and is then returned to retention time, intensive de-gassing of the primary water
the primary water tank. A separate flow path from a point is ensured. The hydrogen gas in the primary water tank
before the stator winding inlet cools the bushings and is vented to atmosphere via the primary water valve rack
phase connectors. and a pressure regulator. The pressure regulator can be
adjusted to set the gas pressure in the primary water
4 Primary Water Tank tank.
The primary water tank is mounted on the stator The water level in the primary water tank can be read
frame on anti-vibration pads and is covered by the at a water level gauge. Additionally, a capacitance type
generator lagging. The purpose of primary water tank is measuring system is provide for activating an alarm at
to remove the hydrogen in the primary water after it minimum and maximum water level.

2.1-7300-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Primary Water System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

1 MKF 12 N- R VALVE 100 SS NON RETURN AT OUTLET OF STATOR P&F UNIT


AA 001 1.6 FL WATER PUMP-1

2 MKF 12 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS INLET TO STATOR WATER PUMP-1 MKF P&F UNIT
AA 501 2.5 FL 12/AP001

3 MKF 12 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE BEFORE PUMP-1 P&F UNIT


AA502 2.5 SC

4 MKF 12 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS OUTLET OF STATOR WATER PUMP-1 P&F UNIT
AA 504 2.5 FL

5 MKF 22 N- R VALVE 100 SS NON RETURN AT OUTLET OF STATOR P&F UNIT


AA001 1.6 FL WATER PUMP-1

6 MKF 22 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS INLET TO STATOR WATER PUMP-1 MKF P&F UNIT
AA 501 2.5 FL 12/AP001

7 MKF 22 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE BEFORE PUMP-2 P&F UNIT


AA502 2.5 SC

8 MKF 22 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS OUTLET OF STATOR WATER PUMP-1 P&F UNIT
AA 504 2.5 FL

9 MKF 36 DOZING VALVE 25 SS FEED VALVE AFTER DOSING PUMP ALK. UNIT
AA 488 1.6 FL

10 MKF 36 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS SHUTOFF VALVE FOR ALKALISER UNIT PIPE LINE
AA 495 1.6 FL

11 MKF 36 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS VENT VALVE AT ALKALISER UNIT PIPE LINE


AA 497 2.5 SC

12 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS PRIMARY WATER SHUT OFF VALVE BEF PIPE LINE
AA501 2.5 FL ORE COOLER-1

13 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS PRIMARY WATER SHUT OFF VALVE BEF PIPE LINE
AA502 2.5 FL ORE COOLER-2

14 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS PRIMARY WATER SHUT OFF VALVE AFT PIPE LINE
AA511 2.5 FL ER COOLER-1

15 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS PRIMARY WATER SHUT OFF VALVE AFT PIPE LINE
AA512 2.5 FL ER COOLER-2

16 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS PRIMARY WATER DRAIN VALVE FOR CO PIPE LINE
AA521 2.5 SC OLER-1

17 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS PRIMARY WATER DRAIN VALVE FOR CO PIPE LINE
AA 522 2.5 SC OLER-2

18 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS PRIMARY WATER VENT VALVE FOR COO PIPE LINE
AA 531 2.5 SC LER-1

19 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS PRIMARY WATER VENT VALVE FOR COO PIPE LINE
AA 532 2.5 SC LER-2

20 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS PRIMARY WATER VENT VALVE BEFORE PIPE LINE
AA 541 2.5 SC COOLERS

21 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS PRIMARY WATER DRAIN VALVE (MANIF PIPE LINE
AA544 2.5 SC OLD)

22 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS PRIMARY WATER VENT VALVE (MANIFO PIPE LINE
AA 545 2.5 SC LD)

23 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS COOLING WATER DRAIN VALVE AT COO PIPE LINE
AA 551 2.5 SC LER-1

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7312-10550/1


0209E
SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN
NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

24 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS COOLING WATER DRAIN VALVE AT COO PIPE LINE
AA 552 25.0 SC LER-2

25 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS COOLING WATER VENT VALVE AT COOL PIPE LINE
AA 561 2.5 SC ER-1

26 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS COOLING WATER VENT VALVE AT COOL PIPE LINE
AA 562 2.5 SC ER-2

27 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS VENT VALVE AFTER PW COOLERS PIPE LINE


AA 578 2.5 SC

28 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS INLET TO WATER FILTER-1 P&F UNIT


AA 580 2.5 FL

29 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS DRAIN VALVE AT FILTER-1 P&F UNIT


AA 581 2.5 SC

30 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS VENT VALVE AT FILTER-1 P&F UNIT


AA 582 2.5 SC

31 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS OUTLET FROM WATER FILTER-1 P&F UNIT
AA 583 2.5 FL

32 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS INLET TO WATER FILTER-2 P&F UNIT


AA 590 2.5 FL

33 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS DRAIN VALVE AT FILTER-2 P&F UNIT


AA 591 2.5 SC

34 MKF 52 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS VENT VALVE AT FILTER-2 P&F UNIT


AA 592 2.5 SC

35 MKF 52 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS OUTLET FROM WATER FILTER-2 P&F UNIT
AA 593 2.5 FL
36 MKF 60 RELIEF VALVE 25 SS RELIEF VALVE IN MAKE UP LINE P&F UNIT
AA 001 2.5 FL

37 MKF 60 N- R VALVE 25 SS CHECK VALVE IN MAKE UP LINE P&F UNIT


AA 003 1.6 FL

38 MKF 60 REG. VALVE 25 SS MAKE UP INLET VALVE PIPE LINE


AA 501 2.5 FL

39 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS MAKE UP DRAIN VALVE PIPE LINE


AA 201 2.5 FL

40 MKF 60 REG. VALVE 25 SS CONTROL VALVE FOR WATER TREATMEN P&F UNIT
AA 502 2.5 FL T SYSTEM

41 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS VENT VALVE BEFORE ION-EXCHANGER P&F UNIT


AA 503 2.5 SC

42 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS SHUT OFF VALVE IN MAKE UP LINE P&F UNIT
AA 506 2.5 FL

43 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER ION-EXCHANG P&F UNIT
AA 509 2.5 FL ER

44 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE AFTER ION-EXCHANGER P&F UNIT


AA 510 2.5 SC

45 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE AT FINE FILTER P&F UNIT


AA 511 2.5 SC
46 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS VENT VALVE AT FINE FILTER P&F UNIT
AA 512 2.5 SC

47 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FINE FILTER P&F UNIT
AA 513 2.5 FL

48 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE FOR WATER TREATMENT P&F UNIT
AA 517 2.5 SC SYSTEM

2.1-7312-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Primary Water System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

49 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER WATER TREAT P&F UNIT
AA 519 2.5 FL MENT SYSTEM

50 MKF 60 GLOBE VALVE 25 SS BY PASS VALVE IN MAKE UP LINE P&F UNIT


AA 520 2.5 FL

51 MKF 60 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN PRIMARY WATER MAKE UP LINE P&F UNIT
AA 522 2.5 SC

52 MKF 80 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS SHUT OFF AT INLET TO GEN. P.W.TANK


AA 121 2.5 FL

53 MKF 80 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS SHUT OFF IN MAIN CIRCUIT DISCHAR P.W.TANK
AA 503 2.5 FL GELINE

54 MKF 80 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR GEN. BY PASS P.W.TANK
AA 504 2.5 FL

55 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE WATER LEVE P.W.TANK
AA 321 1.6 FL L GAUGE,TOP

56 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE WATER LEVE P.W.TANK
AA 311 1.6 FL L GAUGE,BOTTOM

57 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE LEVEL TRAN P.W.TANK
AA 326 1.6 FL SMITTER,TOP

58 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE LEVEL TRAN P.W.TANK
AA 316 1.6 FL SMITTER,BOTTOM

59 MKF 01 GLOBE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE AT LEVEL TRANSMITTER P.W.TANK


AA 210 2.5 SC

60 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS VENT VALVE AT LEVEL TRANSMITTER P.W.TANK


AA 251 1.6 FL

61 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR INLET TO P.W.TANK


AA 306 1.6 FL LEVEL TRANSMITTER

62 MKF 01 WATER VALVE 20 SS SHUT OFF FOR OUTLET FROM LEVEL P.W.TANK
AA 301 1.6 FL TRANSMITTER

63 MKF 81 REG. VALVE 20 SS FOR NITROGEN FILLING P.W.TANK


AA 502 1.6 FL

64 MKF 82 GLOBE VALVE 100 SS SHUT OFF VALVE IN PRIMARY WATER P.W.TANK
AA 001 1.6 FL OUTLET OF STATOR WDG

65 MKF 82 REG. VALVE 100 SS REGULATING VALVE BEFORE STATOR PIPE LINE
AA 501 1.6 FL WINDING

66 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 504 2.5 SC MITTER AT STATOR OUT

67 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS DRAIN VALVE BEFORE MKF82/AA501 PIPE LINE


AA 502 2.5 SC

68 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 505 2.5 SC ITTER AT STATOR OUT

69 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 507 2.5 SC ITTER AT STATOR OUT

70 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE FOR PRESS. MEAS PIPE LINE
AA 508 2.5 SC BEFORE STATOR WDG

71 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 509 2.5 SC MITTER AT STATOR OUT

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7312-10550/3


0209E
SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN
NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

72 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUTR OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 510 2.5 SC MITTER AT STATOR OUT

73 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS ISOLATION VALVE FOR D.P.GAUGE GEN.


AA 512 2.5 SC

74 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS ISOLATION VALVE FOR D.P.GAUGE GEN.


AA 513 2.5 SC

75 MKF 83 REG. VALVE 40 SS REGULATING VALVE BEFORE BUSHING PIPE LINE


AA 501 1.6 FL

76 MKF 83 GLOBE VALVE 40 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER BUSHING PIPE LINE
AA 502 1.6 FL

77 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 503 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF001A

78 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 504 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF001A

79 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 505 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF011A

80 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 506 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/011A

81 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 507 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF021A

82 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 508 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF021A

83 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 513 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF001B

84 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 514 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF001B

85 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 515 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF011B

86 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 516 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF011B

87 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA 517 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF021B

88 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 518 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF021B

89 PGB 71 GATE VALVE 250 CS COOLING WATER INLET OF COOLER-1 PIPE LINE
AA 501 1.6 FL

90 PGB 71 GATE VALVE 250 CS COLING WATER INLET OF COOLER-2 PIPE LINE
AA 502 1.6 FL

91 PGB 72 GATE VALVE 250 CS COOLING WATER OUTLET OF COOLER-1 PIPE LINE
AA 501 1.6 FL

92 PGB 72 GATE VALVE 250 CS COOLING WATER OUTLET OF COOLER-2 PIPE LINE
AA 502 1.6 FL

93 MKF83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA519 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF001A

94 MKF 83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA 520 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF001A

95 MKF83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA521 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF011B

96 MKF83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA522 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/011A

2.1-7312-10550/4
0209E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Primary Water System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

97 MKF83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE BEFORE FLOW TRANS PIPE LINE
AA523 2.5 SC MITTER MKF83/CF021B

98 MKF83 NEEDLE VALVE 15 SS SHUT OFF VALVE AFTER FLOW TRANSM PIPE LINE
AA524 2.5 SC ITTER MKF83/CF021A

99 MKF 82 NEEDLE VALVE 10 SS ISOLATION VALVE FOR WDG. INLET PIPE LINE
AA 514 2.5 SC PR.TRANSMITTER

Legend

FL = Flanged
SC = Screwed
CS = Carbon Steel
CR = Cromium Steel
GM = Gun Metal

RT = Room Temperature

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7312-10550/5


0209E
Turbogenerators Primary Water Pumps
Description

Design Features of Primary Water Pumps discharge is directed radially upwards. The spiral casing
is flanged to the bearing housing. The pump impeller is
The primary water for cooling the stator winding, provided with relief holes close to the hub so that no axial
phase connectors and terminal bushings is circulated in a thrust is carried by the bearings. The point where the pump
closed system. To insure uninterrupted generator shaft passes through the pump casing is sealed by means
operation, two full-capacity primary water pump sets of a water-cooler sliding-ring gland. The cooling water is
are provided. Either pump can be in service with other supplied to the sliding-ring gland through a bypass line
acting as the stand-by. The standby pump is ready for from the pump discharge. The pump shaft is supported in
service and is automatically started without interrupting oil-lubricated anti-friction bearings. The oil level in the
the primary water circulation if the operating pump fails. bearing housing can be checked at an oil sight glass. The
The primary water pumps are of a single-stage pump is connected to the three-phase AC motor by a flexible
centrifugal type with spiral casing and overhung impeller. coupling covered by a coupling guard.
The pump suction is arranged axially, while the

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7320-10550/1


0209E
Primary Water Cooler
Turbogenerators
Description

The primary water cooler is of a straight tube type. exchange and protects the tubes from vibrations and
One tubesheet is stationary, while the other tubesheet bending.
is a floating type. The floating tubesheet is sealed by The cooler shell is stainless steel with welded
O-Ring. flanges for connection to the flanges on the water
channels. The pipe nozzles for the primary water inlet
Q Tube bundle is free to move in response to and outlet are welded to the shell. Each cooler shell
temperature change. has vent and drain connection.
To vent and drain the tube side of the primary water
Q The water channel at glands can be removed coolers, the water channels are equipped with vent
without draining the primary water. and drain connections.
Tube bundle, cooler shell and water channels are
The tube bundle consists of round tubes expanded bolted together. The larger tubesheet is mounted
into the tubesheets. Baffles installed on the tube between the shell flange and the water channel.
bundle result in a transverse flow of cooling water The primary water cooler sections are
across the tubes. This achieves a more efficient heat interconnected on their primary water sides via valves.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7330-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators
Primary Water Treatment System
Description

The water treatment system serves to maintain a The exchanger resins are thus capable of accepting
low electrical conductivity of the primary water. The water ions from the primary water while simultaneously
treatment system is connected in parallel to main circuit releasing equivalent amounts of other ions (hydrogen
and contains a mixed-bed ion exchanger with series ions from the cation exchanger and hydroxyl ions from
connected fine filter, an integrating flow meter and a the exchanger) to the primary water. This process takes
conductivity transmitter. place through the ion exchanger.
The combination of highly acid cation exchangers
1. Mixed-Bed Ion Exchanger and highly basic cation exchangers forms a multitude of
small demineralization units, resulting in a high-purity
The mixed-bed ion exchanger consists of a tank deionate.
filled with anion and cation exchanger tank prevent the The capacity of the mixed- bed of the ion exchanger
escape of the resins into the piping system. A fine filter is limited by the number of ion it can exchange. This
after the ion exchanger retains any resin particles. An capacity is primarily determined by the type of exchanger
alarm is initiated when the filter is contaminated. used, but also depends on the quantity of reactivating
The water flow passing through the ion exchanger agent, the rate of flow and the water temperature.
is measured by means of an integrating flow meter after When the resins are exhausted, they must be
the filter. After the ion exchanger part of the flow is replaced by new resins.
passed through a conductivity transmitter for checking After removal from the primary water treatment
the resin activity. system, the resins can be reactivated.

2. Ion Exchanger Resins 3. Adding Make-up Water to the Primary Water


Circuit
The ion exchangers consist of chemically and highly
active synthetic resins. Any loss of primary water in the total circuit can be
The base substances of the exchanger resins are compensated for by introducing make-up water upstream
polymers. The polymer in the cation exchanger contains of the mixed-bed ion exchanger. The quantity of make -
highly acid groups, while the polymer in the anion up water is totaled at a volumetric water meter and is
exchanger is composed of highly basic groups. indicative of the tightness of the primary water system.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7340-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Alkalizer Unit
for Primary Water Circuit
Description

1 General
carbon dioxide ions, etc. from the water, However, it
Even with the use of oxygen-poor water, copper also removes the Na + ions from the sodium hydroxide
corrosion in the primary water circuit of water-cooled solution. This elimination of sodium, which is
windings cannot be completely avoided; in isolated proportional both to the volumetric flow rate through
cases the corrosion products reduce the cross- the ion exchanger and the NaOH concentration, must
sectional flow area of the water distribution system. be compensated by continuous feeding of dilute
Besides, the formation of conductive deposits can sodium hydroxide solution.
occur in the rotating water inlet and outlet hoses of The alkalizer unit is arranged in the treatment
water-cooled rotor windings. circuit Sodium hydroxide solution is injected into the
The severity of the corrosion attack can be largely treatment circuit where it is mixed with the water in
reduced by alkalizing the oxygen-poor water. Also, the the treatment circuit and raises its conductivity. The
system becomes less susceptible to disturbances water has the highest purity at the feed point
resulting from air in-leakage. downstream of the ion exchangers. The conductivity
Operating the generator with alkaline water at pH of the mixed water is only determined by the
8 to 9 improves its reliability land availability. concentration of the sodium hydroxide solution and
Operation at alkaline pH is ensured by a self- provides a reference quantity for the pH valve. The
regulating alkalizer unit for feeding dilute sodium relationship between pH and conductivity under ideal
hydroxide solution (NaOH). conditions is illustrated in Fig.1
Following the admission on alkaline water, the
2 Mode of Operation conductivity in the treatment circuit is monitored.
Dilute sodium hydroxide solution is injected into Conductivity must be maintained constant as required
the low-conductivity primary water circuit where it for obtaining the specified alkalinity. Conductivity in
remains as dissolved, dissociated sodium hydroxide primary water circuit likewise approaches a constant
solution. OH – ion concentration determines the pH value after several hours.
value.
3 Hydraulic Circuit
The ion exchanger in the water treatment system,
i.e. mixed bed filters with H + cation exchangers and The hydraulic circuit of the alkalizer units is
OH – anion exchangers, remains in service illustrated in Fig.2
continuously. It removes all copper, iron, chlorine, The diaphragm pump extracts the NaOH solution

1 Diaphragm pump 4 Level detector


2 NaOH tank 5 Soda lime filter in tank vent
3 Feed valve 6 Vent
(check valve) 7 Treatment circuit

Fig. 1 Conductivity as a function of pH in water at 18oC Fig.2 Schematic Diagram of Alkalizer Unit

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7341-10550/1


0209 E
from the NaOH tank and delivers it to the treatment circuit and venting of the unit for activation. Low NaOH level in
via a spring-loaded feed valve. The treatment circuit and the tank is sensed with a level detector to activate an
especially the fine filter down steam of the treatment alarm. A soda lime filter in the tank vent binds the carbon
circuit homogenize the concentration of the solution dioxide contained in the inlet air and prevents the
injected into the circuit by shot feeding. The volume flow formation of carbonates in the NaOH solution.
meter in the treatment circuit stops the diaphragm pump The tank has a capacity to store the sodium hydroxide
via a limit switch when the volumetric flow rate drops solution required for a service period of several months.
below a predetermined limit value. A vent on the
diaphragm pump enables starting without back pressure 4 Control and Monitoring
An interlock using the volumetric flow rate in the
treatment circuit as a criterion prevents starting of the
diaphragm pump and NaOH feeding into the treatment
5
circuit under no-flow or empty conditions. The feed rate
4
of the diaphragm pump is controlled by changing the
stroking rate dependent on the conductivity in the
3
treatment circuit using a controller and stroking rate
2 transducer.
The diaphragm pump is stopped as soon as the
conductivity in treatment circuit or conductivity in primary
water circuit exceeds a predetermined maximum valve,
or as soon as the conductivity in treatment circuit or
volumetric flow rate in treatment circuit drops below a
1 minimum valve.
This avoids over feeding due to faults or incorrect
operation of the alkalizer unit. After the pump has been
stopped the conductivity of the water is promptly
decreased by ion exchanger in the mixed-bed filter.
The alkalizer unit provides warning limits for
Q low conductivity in primary water circuit
Q low conductivity in leakage water circuit
Q low level in NaOH tank.
which are displayed in the control cabinet.
1. NaOH tank Via potential-isolated contacts the following alarm
2. NaOH tank cap conditions can be signalled to the control room either as
3. Diaphragm pump single alarm or as group alarm:
4. NaOH tank vent with lime filter Q low conductivity in leakage water circuit
5. Feed valve (check valve) Q low conductivity in primary water circuit
Q low NaOH level in tank
Fig. 3 Alkalyser Unit Q loss of supply voltage.

2.1-7341-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators
Primary Water Filters
Description

1 Main Filter 2 Fine Filter

The primary water system includes a strainer-type A fine filed with one-way filter element giving a degree
main filter with magnet bars. The filter screen of the of filtration of 5 mm (0.2 mils) is installed after the mixed-
strainer has a mesh size of 75 mm (3 mils) and is bed ion exchanger in the primary water treatment system.
supported by a perforated sheet-metal cylinder. The The filter element consists of cellulose fibres bonded
magnet bars consist of a magnet carrier and a number with synthetic resin to achieve stability. The fibres are
of permanent magnets. The high-grade permanent distributed in the element in such a way that their porosity
magnets have an unlimited useful service life. The is highest on the outer circumference of the element and
magnet bars are arranged so that a strong magnetic decreases continuously towards the filer interior.
field is set up between them. The primary water must Therefore, filtration takes place in depth, and the solid
pass through this magnetic field so that all iron particles matter is held in the entire volume of the element. The
come within the range of the magnetic bars, and are coarser particles are removed at the highly porous outer
thus attracted and retained. The magnet bar are surface, while the smaller particles are arrested in the
protected by stainless steel sleeves. On contamination element body at varying depth, depending on their size.
of the strainer-type filter, which is indicated by an alarm On contamination of the filter, which is indicated by an
initiated at excessive differential pressure, the filter alarm initiated at excessive differential pressure, the filter
should be cleaned. element should be removed and replaced with new one.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7343-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Primary Water Main Filter
Description

2
3

Primary
water
inlet

Primary 8
water
outlet
9

10

13

1 Connection for vent pipe


2 Filter cover
3 O-ring
4 Compression spring
5 Clamping bolt (adjustablea0
6 Connections for differential
pressure indicator
7 Supporting cylinder (inner)
12
8 Filter screen
9 Supporting cylinder (outer)
10 Filter housing
11 Connection for drain pipe
12 Tension bolt
11 13 Magnet bar

Note: Internal details shown here are typical and may vary
from actual supply.

2.1-7344-10550/1
BHEL, Haridwar 0209 E
Turbogenerators
Primary Water Fine Filter
Description

5
6

Primary
water outlet

9
1 Connection for vent pipe
2 Differential pressure indicator
3 Filter cover
4 O-ring
5 Impulse pipe for differential
pressure indicator 10
6 Support plate
7 Upper seating ring
8 Filter housing
9 Filter element
10 Clamping bolt
11 Bottom seating ring
12 Connections for drain pipe

11

Primary
water inlet

Note: Internal details shown here are typical and may vary
from actual supply.
12

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7345-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Protective Screens at Primary Water Inlet
and Outlet
Description

Primary water Primary water


outlet inlet

Detail-X

Section A-B

Detail-Y

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-7349-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Coolant Temperature Control
Description

Due to load variations during operation and the resulting should be opened only when the generator is carrying load,
thermal expansions and contractions, the generator is since only then current-dependent heat losses will have to
subjected to stresses. be dissipated.
In order to reduce these stresses, the hydrogen cooling The temperature control systems are cold coolant
circuit and the primary water cooling are each provided with temperature control schemes with variable set point as a
a temperature control system to control the cooling gas and function of the stator current. Set point adjustment is selectable
primary water temperatures so that the active generator between I and I2 or with an exponent between one and two.
components are maintained at the proper temperature level. With rising stator current, the set point is reduced, so that the
The requirements for the temperature control systems are mean value (ϑmean) of hot and cold coolant temperatures
described below : assumes a nearly constant value, as shown in Fig. 1.
The difference between the setting values of the two set
ϑcold = Cold gas temperature or cold primary water points corresponds to half the temperature rise of the
temperature hydrogen cooling gas at no-load, with 5-10 K (9-180F) to be
ϑhot = Hot gas temperature or hot primary water taken as a guiding value.
temperature In order to maintain a low temperature level in the
ϑmean = Mean temperature of hot and cold gas or of generator, the reference should be set at the lowest possible
hot and cold primary water value, ensuring that the cold coolant temperature will not drop
Δϑ = ϑ - ϑcold with generator carrying full load. below the minimum level of 100C (500F) even when the
hot
generator is carrying the full load.
The temperature rise Δϑ at full load is the temperature
Parallel shifting of the curves shown in Fig. 1 is possible
difference between the hot and cold hydrogen gas as given
by adjustment of the cold gas reference. The temperature of
in the hydrogen cooler design data or between the hot and
cold primary water must, however, always be higher than cold
cold primary water as given in the design data of the primary
hydrogen cooling gas over the entire load range of the
water cooler.
generator in order to avoid any condensation of moisture
After start-up and run-up to rated speed, the cooling water
contained in the gas on the generator components carrying
supply to the hydrogen coolers should be opened only when primary water.
the temperature of the hydrogen gas has reached the preset The control valve must be absolutely tight when in the
cold gas reference. The temperature difference between cold closed position to ensure that the cooling gas temperature
gas and hot gas is determined by the no-load losses. will not drop while the generator is being shut down.
The cooling water supply to the primary water coolers

t
(0F)

Room
temperature

Generator load l/lN (%)

Fig. 1 Coolant temperature as a Function of Generator load

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8010-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Safety Equipment

Description for Hydrogen Operation

The use of hydrogen as coolant in the generator separated from each other.
calls for special safety equipment to ensure that T h e s e a l o i l d r a i n e d f r o m t h e s e a l o i l ta n k
hazardous operating conditions which might endanger (hydrogen side circuit) passes into the seal oil storage
personnel or the plant will not occur. tank. After remaining in this tank for a predetermined
The safety and protective measures provided for time, the degassed oil is admitted to the turbine oil
the generator are described in detail in this section. tank together with the bearing oil via a loop seal.
The required measuring and alarm equipment is The measures outlined above have the following
discussed elsewhere in this manual [1]. effects:
During normal operation, leaks may develop which
result in a continuous escape of hydrogen. Long time Q The bearing compartments and the oil drain pipes
experience has shown that no operational restrictions are ventilated continuously so that no explosive
are required as long as the hydrogen losses do not hazard will arise during normal operation.
3
exceed 12 m (s.t.p.) during any 24 hour period. The
surroundings of the generator and the hydrogen Q During normal operation, practically no hydrogen
supply system should not be endangered if will enter the turbine lube oil tank via the loop seal
engineering principles were followed in plant design together with the seal oil drained from the shaft
and provision is made for ample ventilation of these seals, since the hydrogen is already extracted in
areas so that the formation of localized hydrogen the seal oil storage tank.
pockets or explosive hydrogen-air mixtures is
precluded. Q The isolating action of the loop seal prevents the
Particular precautions are taken with respect to a hydrogen escaping due to small leakages from
failure of the seal oil system. A special vapor flowing into the turbine through the only partly filled
exhauster creates a slight vacuum in the generator oil drain pipe.
bearing compartments to prevent the escape of oil
vapor from the bearing compartments along the shaft. The seal oil storage tank is continuously vented
Any hydrogen collecting in the bearing compartment via the vapor exhauster provided for the bearing
will be drawn off by the exhauster and vented. compartments. The exhauster creates a slight vacuum
Operation of the exhauster is monitored by a flow in the seal oil storage tank so that the oil saturated
transmitter with limit switch. If the exhauster fails, the with hydrogen is degassed. After remaining in this tank
second exhauster on standby is automatically started. for a predetermined time, the degassed oil is admitted
To prevent the hydrogen which enters the bearing to the turbine oil tank together with the bearing oil via
compartment from escaping via the oil drain pipes, a loop seal.
the drain oil is returned to the turbine oil tank via the This continuous ventilation of the seal oil storage
seal oil storage tank and a loop seal. This loop seal t a n k p r e v e n ts t h e f o r m a t i o n o f a n y e x p l o s i v e
is permanently filled with oil to prevent the escape of hydrogen-air-mixture.
gas. The loop is designed to withstand momentary To avoid any danger to the unit to the hydrogen
pressure surges. supply, only two hydrogen bottles should be opened
The bearing oil circuit and the seal oil circuit are if the bottle supply is used.

Also refer to the following section


[1] 2.1-8400 Measuring devices and supervisory equipment

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8310-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
List of Valves for Waste Gas System
Description

SL VALVE TYPE OF VALVE NB mm BODY mat FUNCTION LOCATIOIN


NO. DESIG NP MPA END conn

1 MKQ31 DIAPHRAGM VALVE 80 GM SHUT OFF AT INLET OF VAP.EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA501 2.5 FL ER-1

2 MKQ32 DIAPHRAGM VALVE 80 GM SHUT OFF AT INLET OF VAP.EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA501 2.5 FL ER-1

3 MKQ31 NON-RETURN 80 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET OF VAP.EXHAUS PIPE LINE


AA001 2.5 FL TER-2

4 MKQ32 NON-RETURN 80 CS SHUT OFF AT OUTLET OF VAP.EXHAUS PIPE LINE


AA001 2.5 FL TER-2

5 MKF91 SAFETY VALVE 6 CS SHUT OFF AT PW TANK EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA003 2.5 SC

6 MKF91 GLOBE VALVE 20 CS PW TANK GAS EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA506 2.5 SC

7 MKF91 GLOBE VALVE 20 CS PW TANK GAS EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA513 2.5 SC

8 MKF91 GLOBE VALVE 20 CS PW TANK GAS EXHAUST PIPE LINE


AA505 2.5 SC

Legend

FL = Flanged
SC = Screwed
CS = Carbon Steel
CR = Cromium Steel
GM = Gun Metal

RT = Room Temperature

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8312-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators
Generator Waste Fluid System
Description

The Waste fluid system serves for controlled are discharged to the waste fluid system.
discharge of fluid to be drained from the Any waste fluid collected is discharged to the
waste fluid system either directly or via collecting
• seal oil system
vessels that are integrated in the respective systems.
• generator liquid level detection system
In the waste fluid system, the fluid is collected in
• waste gas system
a pipe section of large nominal size. This pipe section
as a result of venting or minor leaks. is fitted with a shutoff valve for fluid draining and a
level detector for activating a high level alarm. The
In addition, the fluids to be drained for carrying fluid drained should be transferred to the waste oil
out repair or maintenance work in the above areas tank of the power station for controlled waste disposal.

Fig. 1 Generator Waste Fluid System

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8315-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Generator Mechanical Equipment

Description Protection

1 Tripping Criteria terminal bushing and phase connectors. Secondary


cooling water flows through the hydrogen coolers located
Turbogenerators require comprehensive safety and in the stator end shields. Generator operation will only
supervisory devices to prevent damage and long forced be endangered by these coolants in the event of large
outages. leakages. As a result of the high hydrogen pressure.
The protective equipment detects dangerous Little water will emerge from a small leak. Hydrogen will,
operation conditions at an early stage and prevents them however, enter into the water circuit. The hydrogen loss
from developing into damaging conditions. The can be derived from the hydrogen consumption of the
protection relieves the operating personnel from making generator.
the necessary fast decisions. Operation of the generator will be seriously
The following criteria are sensed by the generator endangered in the event of a major ingress of water which
mechanical equipment protection and processed by the will collect in the generator terminal box. Due to the
generator protection circuits: restricted volume of the compartment the liquid can rise
quickly, resulting in a terminal short-circuit or ground
1.1 High Cold Gas Temperature in Generator fault. In order to prevent such a failure, two level
detectors are connected to the generator terminal box
1.2 Liquid in Generator Terminal Box to activate the generator mechanical equipment
protection before a critical level is reached.
1.3 High Hot Air Temperature in Exciter Unit
2.3 Exciter Unit Protection Against Overheating
1.4 High Seal Oil Inlet Temperatures The protection circuit covering criterion 1.3 prevents
overheating of the exciter in case of insufficient cooling
1.5 High Primary Water Inlet Temperature (failure of exciter coolers).

1.6 Low Primary Water Flow Rate at Sector Outlet 2.4 Shaft Seal protection Against High Seal Oil Inlet
Temperature
1.7 Low Primary Water Flow Rate at Bushing Outlets High seal oil inlet temperature endangers proper
sealing performance of the shaft seals. High seal oil
Each of these criteria activates a turbine trip. The temperature, as may, for instance, be experienced on
generator is disconnected from the system and de- failure of the seal oil coolers, results in a reduction of oil
excited through the two-channel reverse power relay. viscosity. The gas may penetrate the seal oil film at the
shaft seal contact face and allow the hydrogen to enter
2 Protection Circuits the bearing compartment.

2.1 Generators Protection Against Overheating by 2.5 Protecting of Water-Cooled Components Against
High Cold Gas Temperature Overheating
The protection circuit covering criterion 1.1 prevents The protection circuit covering criteria 1.5 prevents
insufficient cooling and thus overheating of the hydrogen- insufficient cooling and thus overheating of the water-
cooled components in case of high cooling gas cooled components in case of high primary water inlet
temperature. temperature.

2.2 G enerator Protection Against Internal Ground 2.6/2.7 Protection of Water-Cooled Components
Fault or Terminal Short-Circuit Against Insufficient primary Water Supply
The generator may be damaged by leaks in The protection circuits covering criteria 1.6 to 1.7
components through which primary or secondary cooling prevent overheating and damage to the stator winding,
water or seal oil flows inside the generator. phase connectors and bushing in case of insufficient
Primary water flows through the stator winding, primary water supply.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8320-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Tripping Scheme for Generator
Description Mechanical Equipment Protection

TT GCB FB A

Liquid in generator terminal box

High cold gas temperature

High hot air temperature


in main exciter

High seal oil temperature


downstream of cooler

High primary water flow rate


at stator outlet

High primary water flow rate


at stator outlet

Low primary water flow rate


at bushing outlet

Tripout without reverse power protection (Short time initiation)

TT = Turbine trip
GCB = Generator Circuit breaker
FB = Field breaker
A = Alarm

Alarm is initiated when the electrical generator protection system is tripped. Individual alarms for each criterion are provided.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8321-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Generator Mechanical Equipemtn Protection
Two-out-of-Two Protection Circuit
Description With Functional Test

Plant
enable

CSA11 = non coincidence module GS = limit value monitor


CSF11 = functional test module K1 = relay
CSV11 = logic module MU = transducer
CSZ11 = pulse generator

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8323-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Generator Electrical Protection
Description

Generators are high-quality machines for securing Rapid fault detection is required for the following
the best possible continuity of power supply. In reasons:
addition to a suitable technical design and responsible Q An interruption of the field circuit with arcing
mode of operation, provision must therefore be made releases high amounts of energy in the form of
for automatic protection facilities. This protection must heat which may cause severe burning.
ensure a fast and selective detection of any faults in Q A one-line-to-ground fault may develop to a double
order to minimize their dangerous effects. ground fault, resulting in dangerous magnetic
The protective equipment must be designed so unbalances, especially on four-pole generators.
that any serious fault will result in an immediate
disconnection and de-excitation of the generator. To minimize the consequential damage, it is
Faults which do not cause any direct damage must recommended to provide two pole and four-pole
be brought to the attention of the operating staff, generators with a protection circuit featuring a delayed
enabling them to operate the unit outside the critical response. In the core of four-pole generators, the rotor
range or to take precautionary measures for shutdown. ground fault protection must always operate of avoid
Generators may be endangered by short-circuits, the hazard of sudden, extremely high vibrations due
ground faults, overvoltages, under-excitation and to magnetic unbalances.
excessive thermal stresses.
The following protective equipment is Relay time: approximately 1 s
recommended:
4 Under-excitation Protection
1 Differential protection Failure of the voltage regulator, mal-operation of
Breakdown of insulation between different stator the generator or transformer control system and
phase windings results in an internal short-circuit. The generator operation in a system with capacitive load
fault is detected by a differential relay which initiates may result in a reduction of the excitation required to
immediate isolation and de-excitation of the generator. e n s u r e s y s t e m s ta b i l i t y b e l o w a p r e d e t e r m i n e d
In order to obtain a high sensitivity, the protected area minimum value. Short-circuits or interruptions in the
should include the generator only. field circuit result in a complete loss of field and thus
in instability of the generator. This causes higher
Operating value: 0.2-0.4/ N temperature rises in the rotor and core end portions,
Relay time: < 60 ms r o t o r o v e r v o l ta g e , s y s t e m s w i m s a n d t o r s i o n a l
vibrations of the shaft.
In certain cases, the generator may also be A momentary excursion beyond the steady-state
included in the differential protection for the main stability limit must not necessarily result in a loss of
transformer and station service feeder. Generator stability. Therefore it is advisable to design the under-
faults are then detected by two differential protection excitation protection so that a warning will be given
devices. when the steady-state stability limit is reached. The
generator will be shut down after a few seconds only.
2 Stator Ground Fault Protection The protection must operate instantaneously if a
B r e a k d o w n o f i n s u l a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e s ta t o r loss of field occurs when the steady-state stability limit
winding and frame results in a stator ground fault. If is reached.
possible, the stator ground fault protection should If the loss of field cannot be detected directly (e.g.
cover the complete winding, including the neutral point exciters with rotating diodes), it is recommended to
o f t h e g e n e r a t o r. T h e p r o t e c t i o n i s t o i n i t i a t e introduce a second stator criterion covering the range
immediate isolation and de-excitation of the generator. of the permeance values 1/ xd and 1/ x ’d and to provide
for instantaneous tripping when this criterion is
Relay time: <1 s exceeded.

The load resistance of a found transformer and 5 Over current Protection


any required boost to raise the neutral point potential System faults may result in inadmissible thermal
should be selected so that ground current due to a stressing of the generator. For this reason, an over
fault will amount to less than 15 A. current protection should be provided which operates

3 Rotor Ground Fault Protection

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8330-10550/1


0209 E
on failure of the system protection. Since the frequency deviation due to a system
A definite-time delay over current relay may be used disturbance is normally accompanied by a voltage
for this purpose, however, its relay time should longer deviation, the protection should be designed on the basis
than that of the system protection. of the permissible load characteristic of the generator
on frequency and voltage deviations.
Operating value: 1.3/N
Relay time: 6-8 s maximum 9 Reverse Power Protection
To avoid long relay times, it is recommended to equip A rise in system frequency for any reason whatsoever
large generators with an inverse-time-delay (impedance result in closing of the control valves, and the turbine is
relay. This relay is energized by over current and driven by the motoring generator. Since the turbine is
operates with long or short-time setting, dependent on then no longer supplied with cooling steam, the unit must
the location of the short-circuit. be disconnected from the system. The relay must be
If connected to the generator neutral point, the over- provided with a time delay of approximately 20s to
current protection serves as backup protection for the prevent undesired response to system swings (long time
differential protection. setting).
Specific faults in the turbine-generator interior initiate
6 Load Unbalance Protection emergency tripping. The steam supply to the turbine is
Generators operating in an interconnected system interrupted. A reliable criterion of perfectly tight closure
are normally subjected to small load unbalances only. of the emergency stop valves is the flow of power from
However, all one and two line-to-ground faults occurring the system back into the generator.
in the system, phase breakages or circuit breaker failures Disconnection of the unit from the system by the
are in fact load unbalances which may result in unduly generator circuit breaker with a time delay of 4s is only
high thermal stressing of the rotor. permissible after the reverse power has been drawn by
It is recommended to provide a two-stage load the generator (short-time setting).
unbalance protection. When the continuously permissible
load unbalance is reached, an alarm is given, whereas Operating value: about 50-80% of reverse power
a time-dependent isolation from the system occurs when Relay time: longtime setting: approximately 20 s
this value is exceeded. short-time setting: approximately 4s
In case of large units, it is recommended to provide
a protection with unbalanced load/time characteristic. 10 Overvoltage Protection
Operating value and relay time should be matched to The use of surge inverters on the high-voltage side
the load unbalanced/time characteristic applicable to the of the unit transformer is considered sufficient for
particular generator. protecting the generator against atmospheric over
voltage and switching surges in the system.
7 Rise-in-voltage Protection With a view to a possible flashover from the high-
Rejection of partial or complete system loads causes voltage winding to the low-voltage winding in the unit
a voltage rise, followed by an increase in the prime mover transformer, it is, however, advisable to provide surge
speed. This may result in the generator and the diverters for the generator too, which should be
apparatus connected to it being endangered by unduly connected between the phases and ground.
high voltages. Mal-operation during manual voltage Normally, the surge diverters are installed in the direct
regulation of the generator may also result in vicinity of the unit transformer. It is assumed that
inadmissible voltage stressing of these devices. Due to switching surges due to a load isolator or circuit breaker
the sudden voltage variations resulting from switching connected between the generator and transformer will
operations, it is advisable, at least in the case of large not endanger the generator.
units, to provide a two-stage rise-in voltage protection, Care should be taken to provide explosion-proof
i.e.: surge diverters or suitable constructional measures in
Q with high (1.45 × UN ) o p e r a t i n g v a l u e a n d order to avoid danger to persons or nearby components.
instantaneous tripping;
Q with low (1.2 × UN) operating value and delayed Design principle:
tripping. Reseal voltage: approximately 1.2-1.4 × UN
(allowing for power-frequency
8 Under-Frequency Protection overvoltage on load rejection)
Major disturbances in an interconnected system may Power-frequency
result in operation of the generator at under-frequency. spark-over voltage: approximately 2 × UN
At rated voltage, the generator can be continuously (<test voltage for stator winding,
operated at rated k VA up to 95% of rated frequency. e.g. VDE 0530,
To avoid excessive magnetic and thermal stressing, U P = 2 UN + 1 kV)
it is recommended to provide an under-frequency Impulse spark-over
protection. voltage <4 × U N

2.1-8330-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators Tripping Scheme for

Description Generator Electrical Protection

Initiation of

TT GCB FB

Differential protection

Stator ground fault protection

Rotor ground fault protection

Underexcitation protection
without loss of field
with loss of field

Over current protection

Unbalance load protection

Rise-in-voltage protection

Under-frequency protection

Reverse power
Long time
short time (operates uonly at TT) TT has been
activated

TT = Turbine trip
GCB = Generator circuit breaker
FB = Field breaker

Alarm is initiated when the electrical power protection system is tripped. Individual alarms for each criterion are provided.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8331-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Rotor Grounding System
Description

Grounding brushes are fitted to the turbine-end sta-


tor end shield to remove the static charges of the shafts.

The brush holders are arranged with 90 0 displace- 1


ment, which ensures that at least one brush will make
contact with the rotating shaft journal.

Fig.1 Arrangement of Brush Holders

1. Stator end shield 3. Rotor shaft


2. Brush holder 4. Turbine bearing

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8350-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Arrangement of Brush Holders for
Description Rotor Grounding System

1 2 4 5 3 6

1 Brush holder 5 Insulation


2 Grounding brush (Design A) 6 Roror shaft
3 Grounding brush (Design B) 7 Labyrinth ring
4 Brush spindle 8 End shield

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8351-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Measuring Devices and Supervisory
Equipment
Operation Introduction

The supervisory equipment consists of alarms and measuring and alarm devices are combined to form
measuring devices. The measuring devices give a one supervisory.
visual indication of the system parameters, the alarm Closely associated with the supervisory equipment
devices initiate visual or audible signals in the event are regulating systems, automatic controls and
of a controlled quantity falling below or exceeding the protective devices which provide for a reduction of
predetermined limit values. In many cases, the the manual supervisory work.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8400-10550/1


0209 E
Temperature Tranducers
Turbogenerators
Resistance Temperature Detectors
Operation and Thermocouples

1 Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTD’s)

RTD’s are used for temperature measurements on the


generator, e.g. to measure the slot temperatures and the
cold gas and hot gas temperatures.
When making measurements with RTD’s the resistance
element is exposed to the temperature to be measured.
The RTD works on the change in electrical resistance of a
conductor by the following formula:
R = R0 (1+ α T)
where
R0 = reference resistance at 00C
α = temperature coefficient, and
T = temperature in 0C

Fig. 2: Four-wire Connection


Leads RL1 and RL2 form the pair of lead wires to the
RTD Pt 100, while the other set of lead wires RL3 and RL4
from the RTD are connected to amplifier V. Being a normal
differential amplifier, it amplifies only the voltage drop across
the RTD to the required output voltage level.

Due to the mostly very high input resistance of amplifier


V, the resistance of lead wires RL3 and RL4 from the RTD
to the amplifier is negligible, even if it would be substantially
increased be the provision of a safety barrier (explosion
protection).
Fig. 1: Resistance Characteristics of Platinum RTD’s 100 Ω
2 Thermocouples
The standard reference resistance of the platinum
resistance element is 100 ohms. The temperature Thermocouples are used for temperature
coefficient amounts to α =3.85×10-3 degC-1 this being the measurements on generator, e.g. to measure the generator
mean value for the range 0 -100 0C. and exciter bearing temperatures. Thermocouples are
mainly employed where small time constants require fast
1.1 Circuit Connections temperature indication.
The two-wire connections so far commonly used involves
errors in case of leads. Long leads are exposed to different 2.1 Principle
temperatures, and the lead resistances then reach values in Temperature measurement with thermocouples is
the order of the resistance of the RTD element. carried out as follows:
Two conductors of dissimilar materials, i.e. the
1.1.1 Three wire Connections positive and the negative conductor (thermoelectric
If a third lead is connected to the element in addition to elements) are joined at one end (hot junction) so as to
the two element leads, automatic compensation for lead produce an electromotive force (emf), i.e. a
wire resistance including its changes can be achieved by thermoelectric emf (in mV). The magnitude of the emf is
resistance of the two leads forming the pair to the element dependent upon the temperature difference between the
are always the same. temperature to be measured and that of the other two
ends of the conductors.
1.1.2 Four-Wire Connection To use the thermoelectric emf for temperature
If the two element leads are not alike or if the three- measurement, the free ends of the conductors are exposed
wire method of compensation would be too costly a four- to a constant temperature (cold junction temperature) and
wire circuit should be used. Fig.2 shows the circuit diagram connected to a milli-voltmeter calibrated in 0C.
of the four-wire method.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8410-10550/1


0209 E
Temperature limits Max. continuous Colour codes
Thermocouple oC oC Parameter Indicator
Neg. pole Pos.pole

Cu - NiCu -200 - +600 400 ~4.3 mV/100 deg C Red Brown


Fe - NiCu -200 - +900 700 ~5.3 mV/100 deg C Red Blue Moving
Ni Cr - Ni ± 0 - +1200 1000 ~4.1 mV/100 deg C Red Green coil
Pt Rh - Pt ± 0 - +1600 1300 ~0.6 mV/100 deg C Red White
Ni Cr- Constantan ± 0 - +1000 400 ~6.3 mV/100 deg C Red Purple

thermocouple, the cold junction temperature must be


known. A cold junction at a temperature of 00C can be
very easily produced by melting ice. The use of
thermostats with reference junction temperature of 20
0
C and 500C is also possible. Note that in these cases
certain corrections must be added to the calibration figure
of the particular thermocouple which are referred to 00C.
1 Hot junction 4 Cold junction correction
2 Thermocouple 5 Connecting cables To do this, add the thermoelectric emf due to the cold
3 Compensating lead 6 Milli volt meter junction temperature to the measured thermoelectric emf
7 Compensating resister and read measuring point temperature to obtain the total
Fig. 3: Thermocouples thermoelectric emf .
60
Thermoelectric voltage Utherm in mV

50
NiCr-Const.
40
Cu-CuNi
30 Fe-CuNi

NiCr-Ni
20

10
PtRh-Pt
0

Fig.4: Voltage-temperature function for standardised


thermocouples

2.2 Compensating Leads


The compensating leads serve to extend the 1 Compensator
thermocouple up to the cold junction. When exposed to 2 Genenerator
a temperature up to 200 0C they produce the same 3 Double pole double throw switch
thermoelectric emf as the associated thermocouple. See Fig.: 5 Circuit arrangement for connection of several
DIN 43710 for calibration data and limits of error of thermocouples
compensating leads.
The compensating leads used for the different The cold junction can, however, also be implemented
thermocouples are identified by colors: by using a Pt100 RTD for determination of the actual
Cu-CuNi brown temperature. The temperature is referred to the
Fe-CuNi blue calibration figure for 0 o C by electronic means. The
NiCr-Ni green electronic cold junction also avoids the temperature error
PtRh-Pt white
due to the junction between the compensating leads and
NiCr-Constantan red
the copper leads.
The insulating sleeve of the positive lead is provided
To obtain a simpler circuit, the large number of
withe a red mark in addition to the color code.
thermocouples used on the generator can be connected
to a double pole measuring point selector switch enabling
2.3 Cold Junction
the respective thermocouple to be connected to a
For measuring a temperature by means of a
compensator for measurement.
2.1-8410-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators Supervision of Generator

Operation

The most essential measuring and supervisory 2 Stator Liquid Detection


devices at the generator serve for: Liquid (cooling water from hydrogen coolers, primary
-temperature monitoring water or seal oil) entering the generator housing is
-detection of liquid in generator interior. sensed by level detectors assembled in gas tight housing
located on the seal oil valve rack. See Figs.2 and 3.
1 Temperature Monitoring

1.1 Stator Slot Monitoring


The slot temperatures are measured with resistance
temperature detectors (RTD’S). This platinum measuring
wire is embedded in a molded plastic body which
provides for insulation and pressure relief.
The RTD’S are embedded directly in the stator slots
between the bottom and top bars at points where the
highest temperature are expected.
The RTD’S are characterized by a constant Fig. 2 Level detector
temperature vs. resistance characteristic, high
mechanical strength and insensitivity to electrical and When pipes from several low-level points of the generator
magnetic fields. are connected to a common level detector, sight glasses
are provided in the inlet pipe to identify the source of the
1 liquid.
The generator terminal box has two leakage detection
pipes acting on the generator protectors. The two pipes
2 extend serval inches above the bottom of the generator
3 terminal box and are interconnected so that both
detectors will respond if the box should be in an inclined
4 position.
These detectors are utilized as tripping criteria for
5 the generator mechanical equipment protection, whereas
1 Top bar
2 Resistance temperature detector all other detectors initiate only alarms.
3 Separator
4 Bottom bar
5 Stator core
1
Fig. 1 Stator slot resistance temperature detector

1.2 Cold and Hot Gas Temperatures


The temperature of the hot and cold gases are 2
measured by RTD’S upstream and downstream of the
hydrogen coolers, and the limit values are sensed
downsteam of the coolers for use with the hydrogen
3
temperature control system.
Temperature detectors located in the generator
interior are mounted in gas tight protective tubes welded
to the stator frame.

4
1.3 Primary Water Temperatures
The temperature of the hot primary water in the 1 Shutoff valve before level detector
turbine-end water manifold of the stator winding is 2 Level detector
3 Sight glass
measured withe manifold of the stator winding is
4 Shut off valve after level detector
measured with resistance temperature detectors. The
temperature detectors are mounted in the water manifold Fig. 3 Combined arrangement of Level detectors in
in thermowell exposed to the primary water. Seal oil valve rack

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8420-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators List of Valves
Operation For Generator system

SL. VLV TYPE OF VALVE NOM. NOM BODY END FUNCTION LOCATION REMARKS
NO. DESG BORE PRESS MATL CONN

1 MKA 24 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL By-Pass of Valve Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 511 MKA 24/AA 501
2 MKA 24 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL By-Pass of Valve Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 521 MKA 24/AA 501

3 MKA 24 Globe Valve 15 25.0 CS SC Outlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 502 MKA 24/BR 506

4 MKA 24 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS SC Inlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 501 MKA 24/BR 506

5 MKA 23 Globe Valve 15 25.0 CS SC Outlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 512 MKA 23/BR 516

6 MKA 23 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL Inlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 511 MKA 23/BR 516

7 MKA 23 Globe Valve 15 25.0 CS SC Outlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 502 MKA 23/BR 506

8 MKA 23 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL Inlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 501 MKA 23/BR 506

9 MKA 22 Globe Valve 15 25.0 CS SC Outlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 502 MKA 22/BR 506

10 MKA 22 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL Inlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 501 MKA 22/BR 506

11 MKA 21 Globe Valve 15 25.0 CS SC Outlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 502 MKA 21/BR 506

12 MKA 21 Globe Valve 50 2.5 CS FL Inlet of Sight Glass Sela Oil Valve Rack
AA 501 MKA 21/BR 506

13 PGB 31 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-D Inlet Pipe Line


AA 574 Ventilation

14 PGB 32 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-A Outlet Pipe Line


AA 571 Ventilation

15 PGB 32 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-B Outlet Pipe Line


AA 572 Ventilation

16 PGB 31 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-C Inlet Pipe Line


AA 572 Ventilation

17 PGB 31 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-C Outlet Pipe Line


AA 573 Ventilation

18 PGB 31 Globe Valve 10 2.5 CS SC Cooler-A Drain Pipe Line


AA 551

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8423-10550/1


0209E
SL. VLV TYPE OF VALVE NOM. NOM BODY END FUNCTION LOCATION REMARKS
NO. DESG BORE PRESS MATL CONN

19 PGB 31Needle Valve 10 2.5 CS SC Cooler-B Drain Pipe Line


AA 551

20 PGB 31 Needle Valve 10 2.5 CS SC Cooler-C Drain Pipe Line


AA 553

21 PGB 31 Needle Valve 10 2.5 CS SC Cooler-D Drain Pipe Line


AA 554

22 PGB 31 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-C Drain Pipe Line


AA 571

23 PGB 32 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Outlet of Pipe Line
AA 504 Cooler-D

24 PGB 32 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Outlet of Pipe Line
AA 503 Cooler-C

25 PGB 32 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Outlet of Pipe Line
AA 502 Cooler-B

26 PGB 32 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Outlet of Pipe Line
AA 501 Cooler-A

27 PGB 31 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Inlet of Pipe Line
AA 504 Cooler-D

28 PGB 31 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Inlet of Pipe Line
AA 503 Cooler-C

29 PGB 31 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Inlet of Pipe Line
AA 502 Cooler-B

30 PGB 31 Globe Valve 200 1.6 CS FL Shut off at Inlet of Pipe Line
AA 501 Cooler-A

31 PGB 32 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-C Outlet Pipe Line


AA 573 Ventilation

32 PGB 32 Globe Valve 25 1.6 CS FL Cooler-D Outlet Pipe Line


AA 574 Ventilation

Legend
FL = Flaged
SC = Screwed
CS = Carbon Steel
SS = Stainless Steel
CA = Cast Steel

2.1-8423-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Supervision of Bearings
Operation

1 Generator Bearing Temperatures


1

The generator bearing temperatures are measured 2


3
with thermocouples located in the bearing lower
halves. The actual measuring point is located at the
babbitt/sleeve interface. Measurement and recording
of the temperatures are performed in conjunction with 4
the turbine supervision. The overall turbine protection
is tripped when the maximum permissible temperature
is exceeded.

2 Vibration Monitoring

The generator and exciter rotors are manufactured


with high precision and carefully balanced.
The unavoidable residual unbalance will, however,
result in vibrations during operation, which are
transmitted to the stator frame and foundation via the
bearings.
To permit a reliable assessment of the running 1 Rotor shaft
c o n d i t i o n , v i b r a t i o n p i c k u ps a r e l o c a t e d a t t h e 2 Babbitt
bearings. Measurement and recording of the 3 Thermocouple
vibrations are performed in conjunction with the 4 Bearing sleeve
turbine supervision. The overall turbine protection is
Fig. 1 Bearing temperature measurement
tripped when a predetermined amplitude is exceeded.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8440-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Supervision of Seal Oil System
Operation

The location of the transmitters of the measuring started.


and supervisory equipment in the seal oil system is Local indication is required for pressure setting of
shown in the seal oil diagram [1]. the A1 valve and for visual examination.
The most essential measuring and supervisory
devices in the seal oil are: Q Pressure downstream of air side seal oil pump 3

Q Level detectors A pressure switch signals the takeover of the seal


Q Pressure and differential pressure gauges oil supply by seal oil pump 3.
Q Temperature detectors Local indication is required for pressure setting of
Q Volume flow measuring devices the A2 valve and for visual examination.

1 Level Detectors Q Pressure downstream of air side seal oil pumps


Within the seal oil system-
Readings from this pressure gauge are required for
Q the oil levels in the TE and EE prechambers pressure setting of the A1 and A2 valves.
Q the oil levels in the seal oil tank
Q the oil levels in the seal oil storage tank Q H2 casing pressure

are supervised. This pressure gauge reading is required for setting


A high oil level in the generator prechambers, due the pressure differential between the air side seal oil
to an increase in the amount of seal oil on the hydrogen pressure and the H2 casing pressure.
side of the shaft seal, results in an alarm to be initiated
when the probe is immersed in oil. Q Seal oil pressure downstream of oil orifice
A low oil level in the seal oil tank is monitored such
that an alarm takes place when the probe is no longer At this pressure gauge the seal oil pressure, set by
covered with oil. This prevents dry running of the means of the control orifice, can be observed.
hydrogen side seal oil pump. Seal oil pump 3 is activated via a differential
A low oil level in the seal oil storage tank-only pressure transducer, which detects the pressure
feasible during the start-up phase- results in an alarm differential between the generator casing pressure and
for protection of the air side pumps. The alarm is initiated the air side seal oil, and a pressure switch when pressure
when the probe is no longer covered with oil. falls below the preset set point value. An additional
pressure switch initiates miscellaneous alarms and is
2 Pressure and Differential Pressure Gauges used for Off control of the hydrogen side seal oil pump.

The following pressure measuring points are Q TE and EE ring relief pressure
provided:
The pressure gauges indicate the relief pressure sit
Q Pressure downstream of air side seal oil pump-1 by means of the manual control valves.
In addition, pressure transmitters are provided for
On failure of seal oil pump-1, a pressure switch further processing of the pressure signals.
activates air side seal oil pump-2, If the later is not ready
for operation, air side oil pump 3 is automatically started. Q Pressure downstream of hydrogen side seal oil
Local indication is required for pressure setting of pump
the A1 valve and for visual examination.
A pressure switch signals a failure of the oil supply.
Q Pressure downstream of air side seal oil pump 2 The reading is required for setting of the C valve
and for visual examination.
On failure of seal oil pump-2, a pressure switch
Q Pressure in hydrogen side seal oil circuit of
activates air side seal oil pump-1. If the later is not ready
shaft seal
for operation, air side seal oil pump 3 is automatically
This pressure gauge serves for local observation of

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8450-10550/1


0209 E
the set seal oil pressure at the shaft seal. downstream of air side and hydrogen side seal oil
coolers.
Pressure differentials are sensed at the following points:
In addition, the following temperatures are measured
Pressure differential between the air side seal oil by means of resistance temperature detectors for remote
before TE and EE shaft seals and the generator casing indication :
pressure is sensed by transducers which initiate an alarm
on falling pressure differential, Local indication is provide Q Seal oil temperature in hydrogen side seal oil drain,
for manual adjustment of the pressure regulating valves TE and EE.
and for visual examination. Q Seal oil temperature upstream and downstream of
Differential Pressure Indication at Air - Cooled air side and hydrogen side seal oil coolers.
Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Filters Q Seal oil temperature downstream of air side and
The indicators display the degree of filter hydrogen side seal oil coolers.
contamination and activate an alarm at preset pressure
differentials. 4. Volume Flow Meter System

3. Temperature Detectors The following volume flows are measured for


comparison measurements :
The following temperatures are measured locally
with thermometers : Q Volume flow of EE seal ring relief oil
Q Volume flow of TE seal ring relief oil
Q Seal oil temperature upstream and downstream of Q Volume flow of air side seal oil, EE
air side seal oil coolers. Q Volume flow of air side seal oil, TE
Q Seal oil temperature upstream and downstream of Q Volume flow of hydrogen side seal oil, EE
hydrogen side seal oil coolers. Q Volume flow of hydrogen side seal oil, TE
Q Cooling water temperature upstream and

Also refer to the following section


[1] 2.1-7111 Seal Oil Diagram
2.1-8450-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators Supervision of Gas System
Operation

The location of the transmitters of the measuring and 3 Pressure Gauges


supervisory equipment in the gas system is shown in the
Gas Diagram [1].
The following measuring points are provided :
The essential measuring and supervisory devices in
the gas system are : Q CO2 bottle pressure

The bottle pressure during CO2 filling can be observed


Q Purity meter systems at a local pressure gauge.
Q Volume flow meter system
Q Pressure gauge Q H2 bottle pressure
Q Temperature detectors
The bottle pressure can be read at the pressure gauge.
The pressure switch activates a signal at low H2 pressure.
1 Gas Purity Meter System In addition, the pressure is sensed with a pressure
transmitter, the electrical signal being used for remote
The gas purity meter system measures the purity of control and supervision.
the hydrogen gas in the generator as well as the
Q N2 bottle pressure
composition of the gas mixtures (CO2/ air and H2/ CO2)
during filling of the generator. The gas purity meter system The bottle pressure can be read at a local pressure
is also used when removing the hydrogen from the gauge.
generator, where the hydrogen is replaced with carbon
dioxide and the carbon dioxide in turn with air. The gas Q H2 pressure at pressure reducers.
required for the measurement is taken from the generator
For observation of the pressure settings.
or from the filling lines, respectively, and, on completion of
the measurement, is discharged to the atmosphere through Q H2 casing pressure
a vent line.
The pressure is sensed by pressure transmitters, the
For details on the gas purity meter system, refer
electrical signal of one pressure transmitter being used for
Operation and maintenance manual of the Gas analyser
remote control and supervision. The signals of the
cabinet [2].
remaining two transmitters are converted into alarm and
The gas purity meter system is equipped with a limit
control signals.
switch which provides a signal to initiate an alarm when
The H2 casing pressure can be read at a local pressure
the purity drops below a preset value.
gauge.

2 Volume Flow System 4 Temperature detectors

Within the gas system, temperature detectors are used


Q Measuring gas volume flow for supervision of CO2 flash evaporator.
The temperatures of the heat transfer liquid in CO2 flash
For comparison measurement, a precisely defined
evaporator is detected by means of RTD and used for
measuring gas flow must be admitted to the gas purity meter
control functions. In addition, the temperature of heat
system. The measuring gas volume flow can be read locally
transfer liquid in the CO2 flash evaporator is indicated locally
at the flow meter.
by a thermometer.

Als refer to the following sections


[1] 2.1-7211 Gas Diagram
[2] refer Operation and maintenance manual of the Gas
analyser cabinet

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8460-10550/1


0209
Turbogenerators
Supervision of Primary Water System
Operation

The location of the transmitters of the measuring Q Pressure downstream of primary water pump 2
and supervisory equipment in the primary water system
is shown in the Primary Water diagram [1]. The two pressure measuring points are equipped
The essential measuring and supervisory devices with pressure switches and are required for automatic
in the primary water system are: control of the two primary water pumps.
In addition, a pressure gauge is provided
Q Conductivity meter system downstream of each pump for local observation of the
Q Level monitoring system pressure.
Q Volume flow meters
Q Pressure gauges Q Pressure upstream of stator winding
Q Temperature detectors
This pressure measuring point is equipped with
1 Conductivity Meter System pressure switches and a local pressure gauge. The
pressure switches initiate an alarm at rising primary water
The conductivity of the primary water is monitored: pressure.
The pressure gauge is provided for local
Q Downstream of ion exchanger observation.
Q Upstream of primary water inlet of generator
Q Gas pressure in primary water tank
The measuring point downstream of the ion
exchanger checks the ion exchanger for proper A pressure switch activates an alarm at rising gas
performance. pressure in the primary water tank.
The measuring point in the primary water inlet of In addition, a pressure gauge is provided for local
the generator permits the conductivity of the entire observation of the tank gas pressure.
cooling system to be assessed.
Both measuring devices are equipped for indication Q Differential pressure across main filter
and alarm. Q Differential pressure across fine filter

2 Level Monitoring System Differential pressure transmitters are provided


across both these filters for indication of differential
The water level in the primary water tank is sensed pressure and also for initiating alarm.
by capacitive method, a high or low water level initiating
an alarm. 5 Temperature Detectors
A local water level gauge is located in parallel to
the electrical monitoring system. The following temperatures are measured locally by
means of thermometers:
3 Volume Flow Meter System
Q Primary water temperature downstream of
The primary water volume flows of the stator coolers
winding and bushings are measured a n d Q Cooling water temperature upstream and
indicated by a differential pressure flow meter system. If downstream of coolers
the flow falls below a minimum value, an alarm is Q Primary water temperature downstream of
activated. If the flow continues to fall, the generator bushings
mechanical equipment protection is tripped.
The amount of primary water flowing though the ion Resistance temperature detectors are used to
exchanger is monitored by a local flow meter. The amount measure the followings temperatures for further
of water added to the system during operation is processing according to different methods:
determined by a water meter.
Q Primary water temperature upstream and
4 Pressure Gauges downstream of coolers
Q Primary water temperature downstream of
Pressure or pressure differentials are sensed at the stator winding
following measuring point in the primary water cooling Q Primary water temperature downstream of
circuit: bushings
Q Primary water temperature downstream of
Q Pressure downstream of primary water pump 1 coolers

Also refer to the following section


[1] 2.1-7311 Primary Water Diagram

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8470-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Supervision of Exciter
Operation

The most essential measuring and supervisory wheels may be checked during operation with the built-
devices at the exciter are: in stroboscope.

Q Temperature monitoring system 3 Ground Fault Detection System


Q Fuse monitoring system
Q Ground fault detection system Two sliprings are installed on the shaft between the
Q Excitation current measuring device main exciter and bearing. One is connected to the star
point of the three-phase winding of the main exciter and
1 Temperature Monitoring System the other to the frame. These sliprings permit ground
fault detection.
The exciter is provided with devices for monitoring
the temperatures of the cold air after the exciter cooler 4 Excitation Current Measuring Device
and the hot air leaving the rectifier wheels and hot air
leaving the rectifier wheels and main exciter. The excitation current is measured indirectly
through a coil arranged between two poles of the main
2 Fuse Monitoring System exciter. The voltage induced in this coil is proportional
to the excitation current thus enabling a determination
The indicator flags of the fuses on the rectifier of the excitation current.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8490-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Exciter Measuring points
Operation

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-8491-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Exciter

Description

permanent magnet poles. The three-phase AC generated


1 Design Feature
by the permanent-magnet pilot exciter is rectified and
The exciter consists of
controlled by the AVR to provide a variable DC current
-Rectifier wheels for exciting the main exciter. The three-phase AC is
-Three-phase pilot exciter induced in the rotor of the main exciter. This three-phase
-Cooler AC induced in the rotor of the main exciter is rectified by
-Metering and supervisory equipment the rotating rectifier bridge and fed to the field winding
of the generator rotor through the DC leads in the rotor
shaft.
5 4 3 2 1
2

4
5
1

1 Coupling
2 Rectifier wheel
3 Rotor of main exciter
7 4 Fan
5 Permanent magnet rotor
Fig. 2 Exciter Rotor

The exciter rotor shown in fig. 2 corresponds to the


basic arrangement described above. A common shaft
carries the rectifier wheels, the rotor of the main exciter
8 and the permanent-magnet rotor of the pilot exciter. The
shaft is rigidly coupled to the generator rotor. The exciter
shaft is supported on a bearing between the main and
9
pilot exciter. The generator and exciter rotors are thus
10 supported on total of three bearings.
Mechanical coupling of the two shaft assemblies
results in simultaneous coupling of the dc leads in the
1 Automatic voltage regulator central shaft bore through the Multicontact electrical
2 Permanent magnet pilot exciter contact system consisting of plug-in bolts and sockets.
3 Sliprings for field ground fault detection This contact system is also designed to compensate for
4 Quadrature-axis measuring coil length variations of the leads due to thermal expansion.
5 Three-phase main exciter
2 Rectifier Wheels
6 Diode rectifier set
7 Three-phase lead
The main-components of the rectifier wheels are the
8 Multicontact connector
silicon diodes which are arranged in the rectifier wheels
9 Rotor winding of turbogenerator
in a three-phase bridge circuit. The contact pressure for
10 Stator winding of tubogenerator
the silicon wafer is produced by a plate spring assembly.
The arrangement of the diodes is such that this contact
Fig. 1 Basic Arrangement of Brushless Excitation System pressure is increased by the centrifugal force during
With Rotating Diodes rotation.
Fig. 3 shows additional components contained in the
Fig. 1 shows the basic arrangement of the exciter.
rectifier wheels. Two diodes each are mounted in each
The three-phase pilot exciter has a revolving field with
aluminum alloy heat sink and thus connected in parallel.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9100-10550/1


0209 E
1 2 3 6 5 3 4
1. Diode 2. Fuse 3. Diode Rectifier Wheel 4. Exciter armature
3. Diode Rectifier Wheel 5. Wound armature 6. Exciter main stator

Fig. 3 Rectifier Wheel

Associated with each heat sink is a fuse which serves to


switch off the two diodes if one diodes fails (loss of
reverse blocking capability).

For suppression of the momentary voltage peaks


arising from commutation, each wheel is provided with
six RC network consisting of a capacitor and a damping
resistor each, which are combined in a single resin-
encapsulated unit.
The insulated and shrunken rectifier wheels serve
as DC buses for the negative and positive side of the
rectifier bridge. This arrangement ensures good
accessibility to all components and a minimum of circuit
connections. The two wheels are identical in their 7 8 3 4
mechanical design and differ only in the forward
directions of the diodes. 3. Stator
The direct current from the rectifier wheels is fed to 4. Amature Rotor
7. Sliprings for ground fault detection
DC leads arranged in the center bore of the shaft via
8. Bearing housing
radial bolts.
The three-phase alternating currents is obtained via Fig. 4 Main Exciter
copper conductors arranged on the shaft circumference
between the rectifier wheels and the three-phase main compression rings. The three-phase winding is inserted
exciter. The conductors are attached by means of in the slots of the laminated armature rotor. The winding
banding clips and equipped with screw-on lugs for the conductors are transposed within the core length, and
internal diode connections. the end turns of the rotor winding are secured with steal
bands. The connections are made on the side facing the
3 Three-Phase Main Exciter rectifier wheels. The winding ends are run to a bus ring
system to which the three-phase leads to the rectifier
The three-phase main exciter is a six-pole revolving-
wheels are also connected. After full impregnation with
armature unit. Arranged in the stator frame are the poles
synthetic resin and curing, the complete armature rotor
with the field and damper winding. The field winding is
is shrunk onto the shaft. A journal bearing is arranged
arranged on the laminated magnetic poles. At the pole
between main exciter and pilot exciter and has forced
shoe bars are provided. Their ends being connected so
oil lubrication from the turbine oil supply.
as to form a damper winding Between two poles a
quadrature-axis coil is fitted for inductive measurement
4 Three-Phase Pilot Exciter
of the exciter current.
The armature rotor consists of stacked laminations,
The three-phase pilot exciter is a 16 pole
which are compressed by through bolts over
revolving-field unit. The frame accommodates the
2.1-9100-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Exciter
Description

in a closed circuit and cooled in two cooler sections


arranged alongside the exciter.
The complete exciter is housed in an enclosure draw
the cool air in at both ends and expel the warned air to
the compartment beneath the base plate.
The main exciter enclosure receives cool air from
the fan after it passes over the pilot exciter. The air enters
the main exciter from both ends and is passed into ducts
below the rotor body and discharged through radial slots
in the rotor core to the lower compartment. The warm
air is then returned to the main enclosure via the cooler
sections.

6 Replacement of Air Inside Exciter Enclosure

When the generator is filled with hydrogen (operation


1 2 3 or standstill) an adequate replacement of the air inside
the exciter enclosure must be ensured. The air volume
1 Stator
2 Pilot exciter Stator winding inside the exciter enclosure requires an air change rate
3 Permanent magnet rotor of 125 m3/h.
While the generator is running, the air leaving the
Fig. 5 Permanent-Magnet Pilot Exciter
exciter enclosure via the bearing vapor exhaust system
laminated core with the three-phase winding. The and the leakage air outlet in the foundation provides for
rotor consists of a hub with mounted poles. Each pole a pull-through system. The volume of air extracted from
consists of 12 separate permanent magnets which are the cooling air circuit is replaced via the filters located
housed in a non-magnetic metallic enclosure. The at the top of the enclosure.
magnets are braced between the hub and the external When the generator is at rest, the air dryer of the
pole shoe with bolts. The magnet hub is shrunk onto exciter unit discharges dry air inside the exciter
the free shaft end. enclosure. The air leaves the exciter enclosure via the
leakage air filter and the leakage air outlet at the shaft
5 Cooling of Exciter as well as via the bearing vapor exhaust system if this
system is in service.
The exciter is air cooled. The cooling air is circulated

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9100-10550/3


0209 E
Turbogenerators Basic Arrangement of Brushless
Excitation System
Description

1 4

10

1 Automatic voltage regulator 6 Diode rectifier set


2 Permanent magnet pilot exciter 7 Three-phase lead
3 Sliprings for field ground fault detection 8 Multicontact connector
4 Quadrature-axis measuring coil 9 Rotor winding of turbogenerator
5 Three-phase main exciter 10 Stator winding of tubogenerator

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9101-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Rectifier Wheels
Description

1
~

3
4

6 Current path

7 - +
8

4
3

10
+ _

1 AC lead 6 Hot air outlet


2 Fuse 7 Tension bolt
3 Heat sink 8 Terminal bolt
4 Diode 9 Rectifier wheel (-ve polarity)
5 Rectifier wheel (+ve polarity) 10 DC lead

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9102-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Rectifier Wheels and Coupling
Description

1 Balancing Weight
2 Fuse
4 3 Rectifier wheels
4 Diode
5 Multi Contact band
6 DC lead
7 Coupling
8 Contact pin

5 6 7 7 8
Exciter coupling without Contact pin Exciter coupling with Contact pin

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9103-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Permanent-Magnet
Description Pilot Exciter Rotor and Fan

4 5

1 2 3 4

1 Permanent magnet pole


2 Fan
3 Sliprings of field ground earth fault detection
4 Rotor of main exciter

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9104-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Exciter Cross Section
General

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

20 19 18 17 16 15

1 Coupling with connector 6 Magnetic pole of main exciter 11 Radial flow fan 16 Cooler
2 Fuse 7 Main exciter rotor 12 Pilot exciter stator 17 Armature balancing ring
3 Heat sink 8 Main exciter stator 13 Pilot exciter rotor 18 Air housing
4 Rectifier wheels 9 Sliprings for ground fault detection 14 Exciter enclosure 19 Base frame
5 Diode 10 Bearing 15 Foundation 20 DC lead

BHEL,Haridwar 2.1-9110-10550/1
0209 E
Turbogenerators Exciter cooling Air circuit
Description During operation

to bearing vapour exhauster


Leakage air and makeup air
C

Cold air
Hot air
A

Section A-B
Section C-D

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9120-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Stroboscope for Fuse Monitoring
Description

The fuses on the rectifier wheels may be checked sequence of flashes can be interrupted at any time by
during operation with the stroboscope. A separate flash actuating the Feed or Return push-button. Following
tube is provided for each wheel (A and B). The tubes, this, a stationary image is obtained which ensures
which are supplied through a common control unit, are accurate checking of a single fuse. After approximately
permanently installed in the rectifier wheel enclosure. two minutes, the stroboscope is automatically switched
This permits easy monitoring without any adjustment off. If this period should not be sufficient for fuse
outside the exciter enclosure being required. checking, switching on the stroboscope for another two
Fig. 1 shows the basic arrangement of a fully minutes without delay can be repeated for any desired
transistorized stroboscope The electronics required for number of times by depressing the On push-button.
control of the light signals are contained in the control The stroboscope contains four plug-in printed circuit
unit and in the tubular lamps. The tubular lamps are boards which can be readily replaced in order to remedy
connected to the control unit by cables. any faults.
The stroboscope is located in the rectifier wheel and The capacitor and high-voltage transformer required
exciter enclosure so that the fuses may be observed from to produce the firing pulses for the flash tubes are located
outside the exciter enclosure while controlling the on a printed circuit board which is accommodated in the
stroboscope. handle of the flash lamp.
To synchronize the sequence of flashes with the The operating elements are located on the front panel
generator rotation, the system frequency is utilized to of the control unit for ease of operation. A depressed
activate the flashes. A double synchronous motor, push-button is indicated by an illuminated dot in the push-
controlled through two push-button and connected to two button head.
potentiometers and IC's, causes the flash to be timed The line connector, the two connectors for the flash
so that a slow-motion observation of the fuse becomes lamps and the fuse are located on the back of the control
possible. unit.
The Observation period for one full revolution of the All connectors have a mechanical lock and are
rectifier wheel (3600) is approximately 25 seconds. At protected against dust and splash water. The cables are
approximately 4500, the flash is reset to its initial rate, run in flexible metal hoses for protection against
and the observation can be repeated. The continuous mechanical damage.

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10

1 Flash tube 1 (A wheel) 5 Feed pushbutton 8 On pushbutton


2 Control unit 6 Pilot lamp for control voltage 9 Off pushbutton
3 Pushbutton for flash tube 1 7 Return pushbutton 10 Flash tube 2 (B wheel)
4 Pushbutton for flash tube 2

Fig.1 Components and Operating Elements of Stroboscope

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9140-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Exciter Drying System
Description

1 General adsorption section of the dryer wheel, with part of the


moisture contained in the air being removed by the
A dryer (dehumidifier) and an anti-condensation heating
adsorbent material, i.e. lithium chloride. The moisture is
system are provided to avoid the formation of moisture
condensate inside the exciter with the turbine-generator at
1 2 3 4 5
rest or on turning gear.

2 Mode of Operation

The dryer dehumidifies the air within the exciter


enclosure. The dryer wheel is made of a nonflammable
material. On its inlet side, the wheel is provided with a
system of tubular ducts, the surfaces of which are
impregnated with a highly hygroscopic material. 5 4 6 7
The tubular ducts are dimensioned so that a laminar
1 Regeneration air outlet
flow with low pressure loss is obtained even at high air
2 Dryer wheel
velocity. 3 Heater
The moisture absorbed by the dryer wheel is removed 4 Ventilator
5 Filter
in a regeneration section by a stream of hot air directed
6 Shutoff valve
through the wheel in the opposite direction of the inlet air 7 Dry air outlet
and then discharged to the atmosphere.
After regeneration, the dryer wheel material is again
capable of absorbing moisture. Fig. 1 Schematic Diagram of Dryer
The adsorption of moisture and regeneration of the
dryer wheel material take place simultaneously, using removed as a result of the partial pressure drop existing
separate air streams, which ensures a continuous drying between the air and the adsorbent material.
of the air.
2.1.2 Regeneration Section
In the regeneration section of the dryer wheel, the
2.1 Operating Principle of Adsorption Dryer
accumulated moisture is removed from the dryer wheel by
The dehumidification takes place in a slowly rotating
the heated regeneration air.
dryer wheel (approximately 7 revolutions per hour). The
Continuous rotation of the dryer wheel ensures
honeycomb dryer wheel consists of a magnesium silica
continuous dehumidification of the air within the exciter.
alloy containing crystalline lithium chloride. The inlet side
of the dryer wheel is subdivided so that 1/4 is available for 3 Anti-condensation Heating System
regeneration and 3/4 for the adsorption section. An Anti-condensation heating system to support the
dryer is installed in the exciter base frame. The heaters
2.1.1 Adsorption Section
are rated and arranged so that the temperature in the exciter
The air to be dehumidified passes through the
interior.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9150-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators
Ground Fault Detection System
Description for Exciter Field Circuit

The field ground fault detection system detects high- fault detection system consists of two stages and
resistance and low-resistance ground faults in the exciter operates continuously.
field circuit. It is very important for safe operation of a If the field ground fault detection system detects a
generator, because a double fault causes magnetic ground fault, an alarm is activated at RE < 80 kΩ (1st
unbalances with very high currents flowing through the stage). If the insulation resistance between the exciter
faulted part, resulting in its destruction within a very short field circuit and ground either suddenly or slowly drops
time. It is therefore an essential requirement that even to RE < 5 kΩ the generator electrical protection is tripped
simple ground faults should activate an alarm and (2nd stage).
protective measures be initiated, if possible, before the The generator is thus automatically disconected from
fault can fully develop. For this reason, the field ground the system and de-excited.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9180-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Arrangement of Bursh Holders for
Description Ground Fault Detection System

A B

1 Measuring sliprings
2 Measuring brush
3 Mounting plate
4 Brush carrier segment
6
5 Plug-in brush holder
6 Measuring rod
7 Measuring leads

Section A-B

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9181-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Brush Holders for Ground Fault
Description Detection System

1 Handle
2 Bayonet sleeve
3 Brush contact pressure adjustment
4 Compression spring
5 5 Brush pigtail
6 Measuring brush

BHEL, Haridwar 2.1-9182-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating and Setting Values

Operation General

Strict observance of the operating and setting The operating and setting values initially
values is a prerequisite for reliable operation of the specified in this manual are based on experience
Turbogenerators. under due consideration of the specific site conditions,
Separate tables are provided for the various such as static head in case of pressure measuring
design groups of the generator and its auxiliaries. points or thermal characteristics in case of
They show the transmitters activating the controls and temperature measuring points. These calculated
alarms as well as the transmitters acting on the values are intended as guiding values for making the
generator protection circuits. preliminary settings during initial commissioning of the
The Remark column contains additional unit.
information on controls, temperatures and pressures. These settings require certain corrections to
All operating and setting values refer to rated account for the actual conditions. The final settings
output of generator and maximum cooling water obtained after startup and initial load operation are to
temperatures under steady-state conditions. be entered in the Operating Value column.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4000-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators
Gas Quantities
Operation

Gas Startup Shutdown Operation Recommended Stock

Replacement of air in Startup :


Replacement of H2 in Not permitted
Generator housing*: Generator housing*: 3. V1
CO2
V1 = 2.V V1 = 2.V During operation :
2. V1

Replacement of CO2 in
Compensation for H2
generator housing*:
losses :
V1 = 2.5 V 2.( V1 + V2)
H2 Not required 0.5 m3/hr (s.t.p.)
Filling to operating
+ consumption**
pressure :
V2 = p e.V

Replacement of CO2 Supply of 40-60 dm3 /s


Not required Not permitted
(s.t.p.) compressed air
Air in generator housing* :
from air system must
V1 = 3.V be ensured

Reduction of O2 Reduction of O 2
N2 Reduction of H2 content of Primary
content of Primary
content of Primary water introduced by 100 m3 (s.t.p.)
water:
water to be drained: makeup warer:
50 m3 (s.t.p.)
10 m3 (s.t.p.) 6 m3 (s.t.p.)/addition

* It is assumed that generator is at rest during gas filling and removal. Filling during turning gear operation will result
in a higher gas consumption. Due to the whirling motion between the medium to be displaced and medium admitted,
the purity deteriorates so that more gas is required for scavenging.

** Consumption: H2 purity measurement : 20 dm3/hr (s.t.p.)


Primary water leakage monitoring system : 120 dm3/hr (s.t.p.)
Primary water purging gas system : 100 - 300 dm3/hr (s.t.p.)

s.t.p. = Standard temperature and pressure, 0oC and 1.013 bar

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4010-10550/1


0209 E
In the following, an example is given to illustrate Amount of H2 required to fill generator to operating
the calculation of the amounts of CO2, H2 and air required pressure (operating pressure in bar x generator volume)
for filling. In the example one given generator volume
V2 = Pe . V = 4 . 85 m3 = 340 m3 (s.t.p.)
and one given operating pressure are assumed. The
values for other generator sizes, operating pressures and
V2 340 m3 (s.t.p.)
gas bottle sizes will vary accordingly. Z = ---- = -------------------- ~ 57 H 2 bottles
V3 6 m3 (s.t.p.)
1 Example 1.2 Purging
Amount of CO 2 required for removing H 2 (2
Pe = Operating pressure, e.g. 4 bar generator volumes)
V = Generator volume, e.g. 85 m 3
V1 = Amount of gas to fill or purge generator V1 = 2 . V = 2 . 85 m 3 = 170 m3 (s.t.p.)
V2 = Amount of gas to fill generator to operating
pressure V1 170 m3 (s.t.p.)
Z = ---- = ----------------- ~ 12 CO 2 bottles
V3 = H 2 bottle volume, e.g. 6 M 3 (s.t.p.) V4 15 m3 (s.t.p.)
V4 = CO 2 bottle volume, e.g. 15 M3 (s.t.p.)
Z = Number of bottles required
Amount of compressed air required for removing
CO2 (3 generator volumes)
1.1 Filling
V1 = 3 . V = 3 . 85 m 3 = 255 m3 (s.t.p.)
Amount of CO 2 required for removing air from
1.3 Bottle Volume
generator (2 generator volumes)

H2 bottle 40 Liters at 150 bar = 6 m 3 (s.t.p.)


V1 = 2 . 85 m 3 = 170 m 3 (s.t.p.)
H2 bottle 50 Liters at 200 bar = 10 m3 (s.t.p.)

V 170 m 3 (s.t.p.) CO 2 bottle : 40 Liters = 15 m3 (s.t.p.)


Z = ----1 = -------------------- ~ 12 CO2 bottles
V4 15 m3 (s.t.p.) 45 = 17
66.7 = 25.2

Amount of H 2 required for removing CO 2 from


It should be taken into consideration that the bottle
generator (2.5 generator volumes)
contents cannot be completely used up. For H2 bottles it
is assumed that the contents can be expanded to a
V1 = 2.5 . V = 2.5 . 85 m 3 (s.t.p.)
pressure of approximately 1 bar above the operation
pressure. This means approximately 3% of the bottle
V1 213 m3 (s.t.p.) contents at a final pressure of 4 bar will remain following
Z = ---- = -------------------- ~ 35 H 2 bottles
V3 6 m3 (s.t.p.) a fill to 3 bar.

* For reasons of safety, a sufficient number of full CO2 bottles


must be available prior to starting with any generator filling
operations.

2.3-4010-10550/2
0209E
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/4
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 06 CL001 OIL LVL IN PRECHAMBER(TE) - LS - A-U >1860 mm <MAX LVL BELOW CASING C.LINE
X COMMON ANN. WITH
0-149-00-01200 - CAP MKA07CL001
MKA 06 CP501 S.OIL DIFF. PR. (TE) -50+50 DPG 10-20 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 mBAR -
MKA 07 CL001 OIL LVL IN PRECHAMBER(EE) - LS - A-U >1530 mm <MAX LVL BELOW CASING C.LINE
X COMMON ANN. WITH
0-149-00-01200 - CAP MKA06CL001
MKA 07 CP501 S.OIL DIFF. PR. (EE) -50+50 DPG 10-20 - - -

0-149-00-01200 mBAR -
MKA 11 CT001 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 11 CT002 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCUNi


MKA 11 CT003 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 11 CT004 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 11 CT005 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 11 CT006 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 11 CT007 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 11 CT008 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 11 CT009 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 11 CT010 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 11 CT011 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 11 CT012 TEMP.STATOR CORE (TE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 12 CT001 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 1 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT002 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 1 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT003 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 4 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT004 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 4 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT005 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 9 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT006 TEMP.STATOR SLOT - 9 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT007 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -12 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT008 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -12 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE
2.3-4030-10550/5

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT009 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -17 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0209E

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT010 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -17 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/6
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 12 CT011 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -20 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -


X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT012 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -20 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT013 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -25 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT014 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -25 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT015 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -28 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT016 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -28 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT017 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -33 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT018 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -33 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT019 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -36 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT020 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -36 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT021 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -41 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 12 CT022 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -41 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 12 CT023 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -44 0-100 RTD <80 C - >80 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 12 CT024 TEMP.STATOR SLOT -44 0-100 RTD <80 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 13 CT001 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT002 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 13 CT003 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT004 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 13 CT005 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT006 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 13 CT007 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT008 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 13 CT009 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT010 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE
2.3-4030-10550/7

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MKA 13 CT011 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - >90 C - -
0209E

X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi
MKA 13 CT012 TEMP.STATOR CORE (EE) 0-150 TC <90 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C CuCuNi


MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/8
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 21 CL001 LIQUID IN GEN.(TE) - LS <MAX A-U >MAX <MAX COMMON ANNUN.
X & ATRS
0-139-00-01241 MM -
MKA 22 CL001 LIQUID IN GEN.(CENTRE) - LS - A-U >MAX <MAX COMMON ANNUN.
X & ATRS
0-139-00-01241 MM -
MKA 23 CL001 LIQUID AT M.LEADS BOTTOM - LS - A-U >MAX <MAX COMMON ANNUN.
X & ATRS
0-139-00-01241 MM -
MKA 23 CL011 LIQUID AT M.LEADS BOTTOM - LS - A-U >MAX <MAX COMMON ANNUN.
X & ATRS
0-139-00-01241 MM -
MKA 23 CP501 GAS IMPULS TO DPR(H2 PR.) 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01164 KG/CM2 -
MKA 24 CL001 LIQUID AT MAIN LEADS TOP - LS - A-U >MAX >MAX LVL ABOVE BTM
X OF CASING
0-139-00-01241 MM - 2V3(12) PROTN.,
MKA 24 CL011 LIQUID AT MAIN LEADS TOP - LS - A-U >MAX >MAX LVL ABOVE BTM
X OF CASING
0-139-00-01241 MM - 2V3(12) PROTN.,
MKA 24 CL021 LIQUID AT MAIN LEADS TOP - LS - A-U >MAX >MAX LVL ABOVE BTM
X OF CASING
0-139-00-01241 MM - 2V3(12) PROTN.,
MKA 61 CT001A TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 61 CT001B TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 61 CT002A TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 61 CT002B TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 61 CT003A TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 61 CT003B TEMP. PW O/L MANIFOLD 0-100 RTD <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 71 CT002A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C - FOR FAST
X FEED BACK TO C.V.
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 71 CT002B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - -
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 71 CT003A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 71 CT003B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - SPARE
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 71 CT004A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 71 CT004B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - SPARE
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 72 CT002A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C - FOR FAST
X FEED BACK TO C.V.
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 72 CT002B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - -
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 72 CT003A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 72 CT003B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - SPARE
2.3-4030-10550/9

-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 72 CT004A TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - >80 C -
X
0209E

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 72 CT004B TEMP.H.GAS.CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD 65-72 - - - SPARE
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/10
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 75 CT002A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (1)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 75 CT002B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3(1)*
X * - 2ND PROTECTION
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100 CHANNEL
MKA 75 CT003A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (1)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 75 CT003B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3(1)*
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 75 CT004A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (1)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 75 CT004B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS A&B 0-100 RTD 51-44 - >55 C >60 C 2V3(1)*
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 75 CT005A TEMP.COLD GAS (LEFT) 0-100 RTD 51-44 A-U >55 C >55C,<45C DT PW/H2 LO & V.LO
X MKF80CT004A & 4B
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100 ATRS <45C
MKA 75 CT005B TEMP.COLD GAS (LEFT) 0-100 RTD 51-44 - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKA 78 CT002A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 78 CT002B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)*
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 78 CT003A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKA 78 CT003B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)*
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C PT 100
MKA 78 CT004A TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKA 78 CT004B TEMP.COLD GAS CLRS C&D 0-100 RTD <50 C - >55 C >60 C 2V3 (2)*
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C PT 100
MKA 78 CT005A TEMP.COLD GAS (RIGHT) 0-100 RTD <45 C A-U >55 C,<45C >55 C DT PW/H2 LO & V.LO
X MKF80CT004A & 4B
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100 ATRS<45C
MKA 78 CT005B TEMP.COLD GAS (RIGHT) 0-100 RTD <45 C - - - SPARE
-
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 21 CE001 QUAD. AXIS MEASURING COIL-1 0-8000 COL - - >110 C -NON LINAR CURVE(SEE NOTE 7)
X FIELD CURRENT MEAS. BY EDN
2-145-00-01021 A VOLT
MKC 21 CE002 QUAD. AXIS MEASURING COIL-2 0-8000 COL - - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 A -
MKC 41 CU001 STROBO. FOR FUSE CHECKING - - - - - - VISUAL CHECKING OF FUSES

2-145-00-01021 - -
MKC 80 CT012A TEMP.COLD AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 45C - >45C <45C,>50C SWITCHING ON/OFF EX.SHUT
X DOWN HEATER / AIR DRIER
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 80 CT012B TEMP.COLD AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 45C - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


MKC 80 CT014A TEMP.COLD AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 45C - - >90 SWITCHING OFF EX. SHUT
HEATER/AIR DRIER BY PROT.
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 80 CT014B TEMP.COLD AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 45C - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


MKC 82 CT001A TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)
2.3-4030-10550/11

X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 82 CT001B TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)*
X
0209E

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


MKC 82 CT002A TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)
X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
0209E
2.3-4030-10550/12

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKC 82 CT002B TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)*
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 82 CT003A TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-100 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)
X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt100
MKC 82 CT003B TEMP.HOT AIR M.EXCITER 0-140 RTD 75C - >75 C >80 C 2V3 (3)*
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt100
MKC 84 CT002A TEMP.HOT AIR RECT.WHEEL 0-100 RTD 75C - > 75 C -
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
MKC 84 CT002B TEMP.HOT AIR RECT.WHEEL 0-100 RTD 75C - - -

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


MKD 11 CT014A TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(4)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 11 CT014B TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(4)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 11 CT014C TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi


MKD 11 CT018A TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(4)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 11 CT018B TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(4)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 11 CT018C TEMP.BEARING METAL (TE) 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi


MKD 12 CT014A TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(5)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 12 CT014B TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(5)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKD 12 CT014C TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi


MKD 12 CT018A TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(5)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 12 CT018B TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(5)
X -
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 12 CT018C TEMP.BEARING METAL (EE) 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C NiCrNi


MKD 15 CT014A TEMP.EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(6)
X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 15 CT014B TEMP.EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(6)
X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 15 CT014C TEMP.EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi


MKD 15 CT018A TEMP.EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(6)
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 15 CT018B TEMP. EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C A-U >90 >130 2V4(6)
X -
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKD 15 CT018C TEMP.EXCITER BEARING 0-150 TC <75 C - - - SPARE
-
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C NiCrNi
MKF 01 CL001 LVL PW TANK 0-470 LT 195-255 A-U >255,<195,<10 >155 LVL ABOVE BTM PERMISSIVE
X FOR SWITCHING ON SLC &
2.3-4030-10550/13

0-153-00-01065 MM -
MKF 01 CL501 LVL PW TANK 0-470 LG 195-255 - - - -

0-153-00-01065 MM -
0209E

MKF 12 CP001 PR. AFTER PUMP 1 0.5-16 PS 8-9 A-U <5 >5,<5
X & ATRS
0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/14
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 12 CP501 PR. AFTER PUMP 1 0.5-16 PG 8-9 - - - -

0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MKF 22 CP001 PR. AFTER PUMP 2 0.5-16 PS 8-9 A-U <5 >5,<5
X & ATRS
0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MKF 22 CP501 PR. AFTER PUMP 2 0.5-16 PG 8-9 - - - -

0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MKF 36 CL001 NaOH TANK LVL - LS - - - < MIN STOP D.PUMP ON LO LVL
X LVL
0-153-00-01065 - -
MKF 52 CP001 DIFF PR. MAIN FILTER 1 0-1.6 DPT <0.9 - >0.9 - C. ANN. WITH MKF52CP002
X
0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MKF 52 CP002 DIFF PR. MAIN FILTER 2 0-1.6 DPT <0.9 - >0.9 - C. ANN. WITH MKF52CP001
X
0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MKF 52 CT001A TEMP.AFTER PUMP 1 + 2 0-100 RTD 61-77C - >80 C - -
X
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 52 CT001B TEMP.AFTER PUMP 1 + 2 0-100 RTD 61-77C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100


MKF 52 CT501 TEMP-C.INLET TO PW CLR 0-100 TG 61-77C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
MKF 52 CT506 TEMP.AFTER PW CLR 0-100 TG 61-77C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
MKF 60 CF002 FLOW OF TREATED WATER 6-60 FM 30-36 - < MIN <MIN,>MIN CONTROL OF DSNG PUMP
X FLOW METER WITH CONTACT
0-153-00-01065 LPM -
MKF 60 CF501 FLOW OF TOP UP WATER 0-7 FG - - - - -

0-153-00-01065 M3/HR -
MKF 60 CP001 DIFF PR. FINE MESH FILTER 0-1.6 DPT <0.9 - >0.9 - -
X
0-153-00-01065 Kg/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 60 CQ001 COND.AFT ION EXCHANGER 0-5 CC 1.8 - <1.0 <1.0,>3.0 SWITCH ON&OFF OF DOSING
X PUMP
0-153-00-01065 uS/CM -
MKF 80 CQ001 COND. AFTER MAIN FILTER 0-5 CC 3-4.8 A-U >3.0 >2.5 SWITCH OFF- DOSING PUMP
X >4.0 >4.0 FLUSHING WITH FRESH DM
0-153-00-01065 uS/CM - WATER FOR COND >4.0
MKF 80 CT002A TEMP.OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD 61-49C - >55 C >60 C 2V3(13) PROTN.
X ATRS <50 C
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 80 CT002B TEMP.OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD 61-49C - >55 C >60C 2V3(13)* PROTN.
* - 2ND PROTECTION CHANNEL
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 80 CT003A TEMP.OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD 61-49C - >55 C >60 C 2V3(13) PROTN.
X
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 80 CT003B TEMP.OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD 61-49C - <3,1C;>55C >1C,>60C PW/H2 DT LO & VERY LO
WITH MKA75CT005A,ATRS>1C.
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100 2V3(13)*PROTN.
MKF 80 CT004A TEMP.OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD dt -5C - >55 C >60 C 2V3(13) PROTN.
X
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 80 CT004B TEMP. OF PW AT INLET 0-100 RTD dt -5C - <3,1C;>55C >1C,>60C PW/H2 DT LO & VERY LO
X WITH MKA78CT005A ,ATRS>1C.
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100 2V3(13)* PROTN.
MKF 80 CT501 TEMP. OF PW AFTER CLR 0-100 TG 61-49C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
MKF 82 CF001 FLOW SW AT OUTLET 0-250 OP - - - - -
- -
0-153-00-01065 mBar DP
2.3-4030-10550/15

MKF 82 CF001A FLOW SW AT OUTLET 0-72 DPT 60 A-U <54 <48,>54 2V3(7) WITH 1 MINUTE DELAY,
X -
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr - MED.IND WITH.1B,1C
MKF 82 CF001B FLOW SW AT OUTLET 0-72 DPT 60 A-U <54 <48 2V3(7) WITH 1 MINUTE DELAY,
X -
0209E

0-153-00-01065 m3/hr - MED.IND WITH.1A,1C


MKF 82 CF001C FLOW SW AT OUTLET 0-72 DPT 60 A-U <54 <48 2V3(7) WITH 1 MINUTE DELAY,
X -
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr - MED.IND WITH.1A,1B
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/16
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CP003 PR. SW INLET 0-10 PT 2.6 - <3.0 - -


X >3.8
0-153-00-01065 Kg/Cm2 -
MKF 82 CP005 DIFF PRESS SW 0-2.5 DPT 1.1 - >MAX - -
X
0-153-00-01065 Kg/Cm2 -
MKF 82 CP501 PR. SW INLET 0-10 PG 2.6 - - - -

0-153-00-01065 Kg/Cm2 -
MKF 82 CQ001 PW COND.AT GEN OUT LET 0-5 CC 3-4.8 - >3.0 - -
X
0-153-00-01065 Kg/Cm2 -
MKF 82 CT001A TEMP.SW AT OUTLET 0-100 RTD 61-77C - >80 C - -
X FOR FAST FEED BACK PW
TEMP
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT001B TEMP.SW AT OUTLET 0-100 RTD 61-77C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100


MKF 82 CT002 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT003 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*..AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT004 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT005 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT006 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT007 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT008 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT009 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT010 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT011 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT012 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT013 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT014 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT015 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT016 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT017 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT018 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT019 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
2.3-4030-10550/17

X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND


0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT020 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0209E

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKF 82 CT021 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/18
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT022 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT023 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT024 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT025 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT026 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT027 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT028 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT029 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT030 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT031 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT032 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT033 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT034 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT035 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT036 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT037 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT038 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT039 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT040 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT041 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT042 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT043 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT044 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT045 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
2.3-4030-10550/19

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


MKF 82 CT046 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
0209E

MKF 82 CT047 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/20
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT048 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT049 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT050 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT051 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT052 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT053 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT054 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT055 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT056 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT057 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT058 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT059 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT060 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT061 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT062 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT063 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT064 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT065 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT066 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT067 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT068 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT069 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT070 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT071 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
2.3-4030-10550/21

MKF 82 CT072 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT073 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
0209E

X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND


0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/22
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT074 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT075 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT076 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT077 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT078 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT079 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT080 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT081 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT082 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT083 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT084 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT085 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT086 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 82 CT087 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT088 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT089 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT090 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT091 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT092 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT093 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT094 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT095 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT096 TEMP.UPPER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
X (NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 82 CT097 TEMP.LOWER BAR PW O/L 0-100 RTD 61-77C - * - WDG TEMP MONITRNG ON CRT
(NOTE 10),*...AS PER SITE COND
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
2.3-4030-10550/23

MKF 82 CT501 TEMP.SW OUTLT 0-100 TG 61-77C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
MKF 83 CF001 FLOW MAIN BUSHING "R" 0-250 OP - - - - -
- -
0209E

0-153-00-01065 mBar DP
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/24

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
0209E

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 83 CF001A FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'R' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33,>1.4 2V3 (8) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X ,MED.IND WITH.1B,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF001B FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'R' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (8) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X ,MED.IND WITH.1A,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF001C FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'R' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (8) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X ,MED.IND WITH.1A,1B
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF011 FLOW MAIN BUSHING "S" 0-250 OP - - - - -
- -
0-153-00-01065 mBar DP
MKF 83 CF011A FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'S' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33,>1.4 2V3 (9) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1B,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF011B FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'S' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (9) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1A,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF011C FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'S' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (9) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1A,1B
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF021 FLOW MAIN BUSHING "T" 0-250 OP - - - - -
- -
0-153-00-01065 mBar DP
MKF 83 CF021A FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'T' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33,>1.4 2V3 (10) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1B,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF021B FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'T' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (10) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1A,1C
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CF021C FLOW MAIN BUSHING 'T' 0-1.8 DPT 1.5 A-U <1.4 <1.33 2V3 (10) WITH 1 MIN DELAY
X MED.IND WITH.1A,1B
0-153-00-01065 m3/hr -
MKF 83 CT001A TEMP.AFTER M. BUSHING 0-100 RTD 60 C - >70 C - -
X
0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100
MKF 83 CT001B TEMP.AFTER M. BUSHING 0-100 RTD 60 C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt 100


MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKF 83 CT501 TEMP.AFTER M. BUSHING 0-100 BT 60 C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
MKF 91 CP001 GAS PR. PW TANK 0-1 PS 0-0.2 - >0.3 - LEAKAGE OF H2 IN PW CKT.
X
2-149-00-01051 Kg/Cm2 -
MKF 91 CP501 GAS PR. PW TANK 0-1 PG 0-0.2 - - - -

2-149-00-01051 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 11 CP001 PR. H2 CYLINDER 0-250 PT 15-150 - <15 -
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 11 CP501 PR. H2 CYLINDER 0-250 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 25 CP001 PR. H2-STATOR FRAME 0-10 PT 3.5 - - - DP WITH MKW71CP011
4-20 mA OUTPUT FOR DPM
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 25 CP002 PR. H2-STATOR FRAME 0-10 PT 3.5 - >3.7,<3.3 - DP WITH MKW71CP021
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 25 CP003 PR. H2-STATOR FRAME 0-6 PT 3.5 - - >3.0 ATRS

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 25 CP503 PR. H2-STATOR FRAME 0-6 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 25 CQ001 PURITY H2 GEN CASING 100-85% GA >97% - <95%,<90% >94% 3 RANGE GAS ANALYSER
X & ATRS. M/C OPN NOT
0-149-00-01199 - - BELOW 90%H2 PURITY IN AIR.
MKG 31 CP502 PR. N2 BEHIND FLASH 0-250 PG 150 - - - -
2.3-4030-10550/25

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKG 51 CP501 PR. CO2 CYLINDER 0-160 PG 100 - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
0209E

MKG 51 CT001A TEMP.CO2 FLASH EVAP. 0-250 RTD 0-150 - >150 C <145,>150 INHERENT HYST. OF 5 DEG
X FOR 2 SET VALUES TO SWITCH
0-149-00-01199 DEG.C - ON/OFF CO2 FLASH EVAP.
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/26
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKG 51 CT001B TEMP.CO2 FLASH EVAP. 0-250 RTD 0-150 - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01199 DEG.C -
MKG 51 CT501 TEMP.CO2 FLASH EVAP. 0-250 TG - - - - -

0-149-00-01199 DEG.C -
MKG 69 CL001 OIL LVL IN TRAP AT DRIER 0-100 LS - A-U >MAX - -
X
0-149-00-01199 DEG.C -
MKG 69 CM001 DEW POINT OF H2 GAS -60+20C MS - - >MAX - 4-20 mA OUT PUT TO GAMP
X AVAILABLE FOR DDCMIS
0-149-00-01199 - -
MKW 01 CL001 LVL IN S.OIL STORAGE TANK - LS - A-U < MIN >MIN SO PUMPS INTERLOCK
X COMM ANN. WITH MKW01CL002
0-149-00-01199 - -
MKW 01 CL002 LVL IN S.OIL STORAGE TANK - LS - A-U < MIN - COMM ANN. WITH MKW01CL001
X
0-149-00-01199 - -
MKW 01 CP501 PR. OIL INLET HEADER 0-2.5 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01199 KG/CM2 -
MKW 03 CL001 OIL LVL IN S.OIL TANK - LS - A-U <MIN - -SWITCHINF OFF H2 SIDE
X SEAL OIL PUMP
0-149-00-01199 - -
MKW 03 CL002 OIL LVL IN S.OIL TANK - LS - A-U <MIN - -
X
0-149-00-01199 - -
MKW 03 CL501 OIL LVL IN S.OIL TANK 0-470 LG - - - - -

0-149-00-01199 MM -
MKW 03 CT001A TEMP H2-S S.OIL DRAIN (TE) 0-100 RTD <70C - >70 C - COMM ANN. WITH
MKW03CT002A
X
0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 03 CT001B TEMP H2-S S.OIL DRAIN (TE) 0-100 RTD <70C - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100


MKW 03 CT002A TEMP H2-S S.OIL DRAIN (EE) 0-100 RTD <70C - >70 C - COMM ANN. WITH
MKW03CT001A
X 0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKW 03 CT002B TEMP H2-S S.OIL DRAIN (EE) 0-100 RTD <70C - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100


MKW 11 CP001 PR. AFT SO PUMP 1 A-S 0.5-16 PS 9 A-U <5.0 >5.0,<5.0 COMMON ANN. WITH
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 11 CP501 PR. AFT SO PUMP 1 A-S 0-16 PG 9 - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 13 CP001 PR. AFT SO PUMP 4 H2-S 0.5-16 PS 10 A-U <7.0 >7.0 ATRS
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 13 CP501 PR. AFT SO PUMP 4 H2-S 0-16 PG 10 - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 21 CP001 PR. AFT SO PUMP 2 A-S 0.5-16 PS 9 A-U <5.0 >5.0,<5.0 C. ANN. WITH MKW11CP001
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 21 CP501 PR. AFT SO PUMP 2 A-S 0-16 PG 9 - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 31 CP001 PR. AFT SO PUMP 3 A-S 0.5-16 PS 9 A-U <7.5 - -
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 31 CP501 PR. AFT SO PUMP 3 A-S 0-16 PG 9 - - - -

0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 51 CP001 DIFF.PR. S.OIL FILTER A-S 0-1.6 DPT <0.9 - >0.9 - -
X
0-149-00-01199 Kg/Cm2 -
MKW 51 CT001A S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <70C - >70 C - -
2.3 -4030-10550/27

X
0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 51 CT001B S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <70C - - - SPARE
0209E

0-149-00-01199 DEG.C Pt 100


MKW 51 CT501 S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 TG <70C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/28
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKW 53 CP001 DIFF PR. S.OIL FILTER H2-S 0-1.6 DPT <0.9 A-U >0.9 - -
X
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 53 CT001A S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (H2-S) 0-100 RTD <70C A-U >70 C - -
X
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 53 CT001B S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (H2-S) 0-100 RTD <70C - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100


MKW 53 CT501 S.OIL TEMP BEF SO CLR (H2-S) 0-100 TG <70C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
MKW 71 CF511 S.OIL FLOW (TE) A-S 10-100 FM - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 LPM -
MKW 71 CF521 S.OIL FLOW (EE) A-S 10-100 FM - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 LPM -
MKW 71 CP001 S.OIL PR. A-S 0-10 PT 5.2 A-U <4.5, >0.6 >0.6 DP WITH MKG25CP001
X
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 71 CP002 S.OIL PR. A-S 0-10 PT 5.2 - - <4.5,>4.5 TO SWITCH OFF H2-S SO PUMP
ATRS > 4.5
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 71 CP003 S.OIL PR. A-S 0.5-10 PS 5.2 - - - DIRECT SWITCH 'ON' OF DC
OIL PUMP.
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 71 CP011 S.OIL PR. (TE) A-S 0-10 PT 5.2 A-U <4.9 - COMMON ANN. & IND.
X WITH MKW71CP021 FOR DP
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 - WITH MKG25CP001, ATRS
MKW 71 CP021 S.OIL PR. (EE) A-S 0-10 PT 5.2 A-U <4.9 - DP WITH MKG25CP002, ATRS
X COMMON ANN. & IND WITH
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 - MKW71CP011
MKW 71 CP501 S.OIL PR. (A-S) 0-10 PG 5.2 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 71 CP511 S.OIL PR. (TE) A-S 0-10 PG 5.2 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKW 71 CP521 S.OIL PR. (EE) A-S 0-10 PG 5.2 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 71 CT001A S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3 (11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT001B S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3* (11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT002A S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3 (11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT002B S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3 *(11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT003A S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3 (11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT003B S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C >55 C 2V3* (11)
X -
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 71 CT501 S.OIL TEMP AFT SO CLR (A-S) 0-100 TG <50C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
MKW 73 CF511 S.OIL FLOW TE H2-S 10-100 FM - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 LMP -
MKW 73 CF521 S.OIL FLOW EE H2-S 10-100 FM - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 LMP -
MKW 73 CP001 S.OIL PR. (TE) H2-S 0-10 PT - - <MIN - DP WITH MKW71CP011, ALM
<1.0
2.3-4030-10550/29

X COMM ANN. WITH MKW73CP011


0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 73 CP011 S.OIL PR. (EE) H2-S 0-10 PT - - <MIN - DP WITH MKW71CP021, ALM
<1.0
0209E

X COMM ANN. WITH MKW73CP001


0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 73 CP511 S.OIL PR. (TE) H2-S 0-10 PG 5.2 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
0209E
2.3-4030-10550/30

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKW 73 CP521 S.OIL PR. (EE) H2-S 0-10 PG 5.2 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 73 CT001 TEMP.S.OIL AFT CLR H2-S 0-140 TS <50C - >50 C - C.ALARM WITH MKW73CT002A
X
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
MKW 73 CT002A TEMP.S.OIL AFT CLR H2-S 0-100 RTD <50C - >50 C - C.ALARM WITH MKW73CT001
X
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100
MKW 73 CT002B TEMP.S.OIL CLR H2-S 0-100 RTD <50C - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt 100


MKW 73 CT501 TEMP S.OIL CLR H2-S 0-100 TG <50C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
MKW 76 CF511 SEAL FLOW R.RELIEF OIL(TE) 2.66-26. FM - - - - -
6
0-149-00-01200 LPM -
MKW 76 CF521 SEAL FLOW R.RELIEF OIL(EE) 2.66-26. FM - - - - -
6
0-149-00-01200 LPM -
MKW 76 CP001 PR. R.RELIEF OIL S.RING (TE) 0-10 PT 6.5 - <MIN - C.ALARM WITH MKW76CP011
X
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 76 CP011 PR. R.RELIEF OIL S.RING (EE) 0-10 PT 6.5 - <MIN - C.ALARM WITH MKW76CP001
X
0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 76 CP511 PR. R.RELIEF OIL S.RING (TE) 0-10 PG 6.5 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKW 76 CP521 PR. R.RELIEF OIL S.RING (EE) 0-10 PG 6.5 - - - -

0-149-00-01200 Kg/CM2 -
MKX 81 CL011 W. FLUID LVL IN DRN TANK - LS - A-U >MAX - -
X
3-149-00-01021 - -
MKY 01 CE001 M.BRUSH FOR ROTOR E/F 100 REF >80 A-U <80,<5 - 2 STAGE ALARMS AT <80K
X AND E. ALARM AT <5K,
2-145-00-01021 K.Ohm - MANUAL TRIPPING ONMACHINE
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-2 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-3 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-4 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-5 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-6 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(EE)-1 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-1 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-6 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-5 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-4 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-3 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
2.3-4030-10550/31

0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE


MKY 03 CE001 GEN END WDG VIB(TE)-2 10-100 ACC - >MAX - STAND ALONE CABINET
X MONITORING IN BHEL-MMI
0-139-00-01241 PC/G CHARGE
0209E

PGB 30 CP001 PR. H2 CLRS WATER INLET PT - - >MAX - -


X
0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2.3-4030-10550/32
0209E

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 30 CT501 TEMP.BEFORE H2 CLR 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
PGB 31 CP501 PR. AT THE INLET OF H2 CLR A 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 31 CP502 PR. AT THE INLET OF H2 CLR B 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 31 CP503 PR. AT THE INLET OF H2 CLR C 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 31 CP504 PR. AT THE INLET OF H2 CLR D 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 31 CT001A TEMP.BEFORE H2 CLRS 0-100 RTD <38 C - >38 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 31 CT001B TEMP.BEFORE H2 CLRS 0-100 RTD <38 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 31 CT002A TEMP.BEFORE H2 CLRS 0-100 RTD <38 C - >38 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 31 CT002B TEMP.BEFORE H2 CLRS 0-100 RTD <38 C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 32 CP501 PR. AT O/L OF H2 CLR A 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 32 CP502 PR. AT O/L OF H2 CLR B 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 32 CP503 PR. AT O/L OF H2 CLR C 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
PGB 32 CP504 PR. AT O/L OF H2 CLR D 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 KG/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 32 CT001A TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR A 0-100 RTD 62-45C - >67 C - -


X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 32 CT001B TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR A 0-100 RTD 62-45C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 32 CT002A TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR B 0-100 RTD 62-45C - >67 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 32 CT002B TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR B 0-100 RTD 62-45C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 32 CT003A TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR C 0-100 RTD 62-45C - >67 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 32 CT003B TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR C 0-100 RTD 62-45C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 32 CT004A TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR D 0-100 RTD 62-45C - >67 C - -
X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 32 CT004B TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR D 0-100 RTD 62-45C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 32 CT501 TEMP. AT O/L OF H2 CLR A 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
PGB 32 CT502 TEMP. AT O/L OF H2 CLR B 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
PGB 32 CT503 TEMP. AT O/L OF H2 CLR C 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
2.3-4030-10550/33

PGB 32 CT504 TEMP. AT O/L OF H2 CLR D 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
PGB 33 CG001A C.GAS TEMP.CNTRL VALVE 0-100 - - - - - ANALOG CONTROL WITH
0209E

MOTORISED ACTUATOR,
0-139-00-01241 % - INDICATION ON CRT CONSOLE
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
0209E

2.3-4030-10550/34

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 33 CT001A TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR 0-100 RTD 62-45C - >67 C - -


X
0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 33 CT001B TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR 0-100 RTD 62-45C - - - SPARE

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 33 CT501 TEMP.AFTER H2 CLR 0-100 TG - - - - -

0-139-00-01241 DEG.C -
PGB 42 CP503 PR. AT INLET OF AIR CLR E 0-10 PG - - - - -

2-145-00-01021 Kg/CM2 -
PGB 42 CP504 PR. AT INLET OF AIR CLR F 0-10 PG - - - - -

2-145-00-01021 Kg/CM2 -
PGB 42 CP505 PR. AT O/L OF AIR CLR E 0-10 PG - - - - -

2-145-00-01021 Kg/CM2 -
PGB 42 CP506 PR. AT O/L OF AIR CLR F 0-10 PG - - - - -

2-145-00-01021 Kg/CM2 -
PGB 42 CT001A TEMP.AFTER EXCITER CLR E 0-100 RTD <42 C - >42 C - -
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 42 CT001B TEMP.AFTER EXCITER CLR E 0-100 RTD <42 C - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 42 CT002A TEMP.AFTER EXCITER CLR F 0-100 RTD <42 C - >42 C - -
X
2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100
PGB 42 CT002B TEMP.AFTER EXCITER CLR F 0-100 RTD <42 C - - - SPARE

2-145-00-01021 DEG.C Pt 100


PGB 50 CT001A TEMP-INLET TO SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - -

31490001021 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 50 CT001B TEMP-INLET TO SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - SPARE
0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt100
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 50 CT501 WATER TEMP BEF SO CLRS 0-100 TG <38 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
PGB 51 CP501 PR. BEF SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 51 CP502 PR. BEF SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 52 CP501 PR. AFTER SO CLR 1 (H2-S) 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 52 CP502 PR. AFTER SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 52 CT001A TEMP-OUTLET H2-S SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 52 CT001B TEMP-OUTLET H2-S SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 52 CT501 TEMP AFTER SO CLR 1 (H2-S) 0-100 TG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
PGB 52 CT502 TEMP AFTER SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-100 TG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
PGB 61 CP501 PR. BEFOR SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-10 PG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 61 CP502 PR. BEFOR SO CLR 2 (H2-S) 0-10 PG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
2.3-4030-10550/35

PGB 62 CP501 PR. AFTER SO CLR 1 (A-S) 0-10 PG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
PGB 62 CP502 PR.AFTER SO CLR 2 (A-S) 0-10 PG <43 C - - - -
0209E

0-149-00-01200 KG/CM2 -
MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
0209E

2.3-4030-10550/36

TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 62 CT001A TEMP- O/L A-S SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 62 CT001B TEMP- O/L A-S SO CLRS 0-100 RTD - - - - SPARE

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 62 CT501 TEMP AFT SO CLR 1 (A-S) 0-100 TG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
PGB 62 CT502 TEMP AFT SO CLR 2 (A-S) 0-100 TG <43 C - - - -

0-149-00-01200 DEG.C -
PGB 70 CT001A TEMP AT INLET PW CLR 0-100 RTD <38C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 70 CT001B TEMP AT INLET PW CLR 0-100 RTD <38C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 70 CT501 TEMP.BEFORE PW CLRS 0-100 TG <38.0 C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
PGB 71 CP501 CW PR.AT INLET PW CLR-1 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-153-00-01065 KG/CM2 Pt100


PGB 71 CP502 CW PR.AT INLET PW CLR-2 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-153-00-01065 KG/CM2 Pt100


PGB 72 CP501 PR. AT O/L OF PW CLR 1 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-153-00-01065 KG/CM2 -
PGB 72 CP502 PR. AT O/L OF PW CLR 2 0-10 PG - - - - -

0-153-00-01065 KG/CM2 -
PGB 72 CT001A TEMP- O/L OF PW CLR-1 0-100 RTD 38-67C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 72 CT001B TEMP- O/L OF PW CLR-1 0-100 RTD 38-67C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


MEASURING POINT LIST FOR GENERATOR C&I
_________________________________________________________________________________________
TAG NUMBER SERVICE RANGE INSTRUMENT OPERATING ANNUN SET_PTS VALUE REMARKS
-------------- ------------ ----------------- --------------- ---------- --------
PID_REF DRAWING UNIT TYPE VALUE DDCMIS CODE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PGB 72 CT002A TEMP- O/L OF PW CLR-2 0-100 RTD 38-67C - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 72 CT002B TEMP- O/L OF PW CLR-2 0-100 RTD 38-67C - - - SPARE

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C Pt100


PGB 72 CT501 TEMP.AFTER PW CLR-1 0-100 TG 38-67C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
PGB 72 CT502 TEMP.AFTER PW CLR-2 0-100 TG 38-67C - - - -

0-153-00-01065 DEG.C -
PGB 73 CG001 PW TEMP.CNTRL VALVE 0-100 - - - - - ANALOG CNTRL WITH
MOTORISED ACTUATOR,
0-153-00-01065 % - INDICATION ON CRT
0209E
2.3-4030-10550/37
Turbogenerators Running Routine

Operation General

1. Operating Log turbogenerators should be noted separately. Such notes


During initial startup and during normal operation, the may be useful in determining the cause of any subsequent
hydrogen-cooled Turbogenerators, auxiliaries and all trouble and speeding up corrections.
instruments and controls should be monitored to assure
continuous reliable operation. The observations and 2. Normal and Special Operating Conditions
readings should be recorded. A typical operating log is The Generator should be continuously monitored from
contained in these operating instructions. This table will, startup to shutdown. During initial startup, all checks should
of course, have to be adapted to the particular conditions be made at frequent intervals. Hourly readings may be
of the plant. The important requirement is that all checks taken after completion of the initial period.
and readings be made at certain predetermined intervals A generator at standstill is considered to have been
and preferably at the same load point. Any special taken into service and must be continuously monitored after
conditions regarding the operation of the hydrogen-cooled one supply system was placed in operation.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4100-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating Log

Operation Generator Supervision

Job name ............................................................ Sl. No. ............................................ Remark .............................................

Operating values* Unit Tag Date


Number
Active power MW
Reactive power MVAR
Stator current kA
Stator voltage kV
Rotor current A
-1
Speed s
2
Generator gas pressure kg/cm
0
Slot 1 C
0
2 C
0
Slot temperature 3 C
0
4 C
0
5 C
0
6 C
0
Primary water Measuring point 1 C
0
outlet temperature Measuring point 2 C
0
TE water manifold measuring point 3 C
0
Measuring point 1 C
0
TE Measuring point 2 C
0
Stator core Measuring point 3 C
0
temperature Measuring point 1 C
0
EE Measuring point 2 C
0
Measuring point 3 C
0
Coolers a/b cold C
0
Coolers c/d cold C
0
Gas temperature Coolers a/b hot C
0
Coolers c/d hot C
0
EE After coolers a/b C
0
EE After coolers c/d C
0
Inlet C
0
Bearing oil TE C
Outlet 0
temperature EE C
0
Generator bearing TE C
0
temperatures EE C
2
TE kg/cm
Shaft lift oil pressure 2
EE kg/cm
TE ahv mm
Generator bearing vibration
EE ahv mm

* Data should be recorded during steady-state conditions after constant operation for several hours.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4120-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating Log

Operation Seal Oil System

Job name ............................................................ Sl. No. ............................................ Remark .............................................

Operating values* Unit Tag Date


Number
2
Air side pressure after seal oil pumps kg/cm
2
Hydrogen side pressure after seal oil pump kg/cm
2
Air side seal oil pressure after orifice kg/cm
2
TE kg/cm
Air side seal oil pressure 2
EE kg/cm
2
TE kg/cm
Hydrogen side seal oil pressure 2
EE kg/cm

TE mbar
Seal oil differential pressure
EE mbar
2
TE kg/cm
Ring relief oil pressure 2
EE kg/cm

TE kg/s
Air side seal oil volume flow
EE kg/s

TE kg/s
Hydrogen side seal oil volume flow
EE kg/s

TE kg/s
Ring relief oil volume flow
EE kg/s
0
Seal oil temperatures, Inlet C
0
hydrogen side seal oil cooler Outlet C
0
Hydrogen side seal TE C
0
oil drain temperature EE C
0
Seal oil temperatures, Inlet C
0
air side seal oil coolers Outlet C
0
Inlet C
0
Outlet, H2 side cooler 1 C
0
Cooling water Outlet, H2 side cooler 2 C
temperatures 0
Outlet, air side cooler 1 C
0
Outlet, air side cooler 2 C

* Data should be recorded during steady-state conditions after constant operation for several hours.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4150-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating Log

Operation Gas System

Job name ............................................................ Sl. No. ............................................ Remark .............................................

Operating values* Unit Tag. Date


Number

H2 boottle pressure kg/cm2

CO2 boottle pressure kg/cm2

N2 boottle pressure kg/cm2

H2 purity (elec. purity meter system) % H2

H2 purity (mech. purity meter system)** % H2

Gas flow for measuring H2 purity I/h

H2 casing pressure kg/cm2

Temperature before gas dryer 0


C

Pressure before gas dryer kg/cm2

* Data should be recorded during steady-state conditions after constant operation several hours.
** To be recordced only on failure of electrical purity meter system.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4160-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating Log

Operation Primary Water System

Job name ............................................................ Sl. No. ............................................ Remark .............................................

Operating values* Unit Tag. Date


Number

Generator inlet 0
C

Prinary water Stator winding outlet 0


C

Temperature Bushing outlet 0


C

Before coolers 0
C

After collers 0
C

Stator winding oulet dm3/s

Bushing outlet U dm3/s

Prinary water flow Bushing outlet V dm3/s

Bushing outlet W dm3/s

Treated water dm3/s

Primary water Stator winding inlet kg/cm2


pressure After PW pumps 1/2 kg/cm2

Primary water After main filter μS/cm


conductivity After ion exchanges μS/cm

Primary water level in primary water tank %

Gas pressure in primary water tank kg/cm2

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4170-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Operating Log

Operation Exciter Supervision

Job name ............................................................ Sl. No. ............................................ Remark .............................................

Operating values* Unit Tag Date


Number
0
Cold air C
Main exciter
Cooling air 0
temperature Hot air C
0
Rectifier wheels Hot air C
0
Coolers e/f Inlet C
Cooling water
temperature Cooler e Outlet
0
C
0
Cooler f Outlet C
0
Measuring Point 1 C
Exciter bearing temperature 0
Measuring point 2 C
0
Bearing oil outlet temperature C

Exciter shaft vibration Relative μm

Exciter bearing vibration Absolute μm

Shaft lift oil pressure kg

* Data should be recorded during steady-state conditions after constant operation several hours.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-4190-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Preparations for Starting

Operation Introduction

It is a prerequisite for startup of the turbine generator im mediate removal of the hydrogen from the generator.
that continuous contracts be maintained between all plant 1.2.2 Hydrogen (H2)
sections directly or indirectly involved in the starting The hydrogen gas quantity to be provided should
procedure. suffice for displacing the CO2, for filling the generator to
Prior to startup, it should be ascertained that the operating pressure and to compensate for the H2 losses
following auxiliaries are in operation and will continue to during operation [4].
remain in service.
1.2.3 Nitrogen (N2)
Q Seal oil system For primary water purging [4].
Q Gas system
Q Primary water system 1.3 Primary Water Supply
Q Secondary cooling water system The water quantity to be provided for filling the entire
primary water circuit should amount to approximately two
If auxiliaries were taken out of operation, the times the primary water filling quantity. This allows for the
operating media required to fill the auxiliary systems water quantity required for rinsing the primary water circuit.
should be made available.
1.4 Cooling Water Supply
1. Operating Media The coolers to be placed in operation should be filled
with water. To do this, the cooler vents should be opened.
The operating media used, i.e.
Note : Continuous vents should remain open. The vents
Q Turbine oil should be kept open until the air on the water side of
Q Carbon dioxide (CO2) the coolers has been completely expelled.
Q Hydrogen (H2)
Q Nitrogen (N2) Before startup, the operating staff should ensure that
Q Primary water a sufficient cooling water supply is available.

must conform to the specifications [1] and [2]. 2. Checking the Transmitters

1.1 Seal Oil System Prior to startup, all connections should be rechecked.
The seal oil circuits should be filled with turbine oil. This applies to piping as well as to cabling. When checking
The quantity of turbine oil required to fill the seal oil circuits the cabling special attention should be paid to testing the
should be taken into consideration when filling the turbine metering and signal cables. All alarm systems should be
oil tank. checked.
All temperature measuring points should also be
1.2 Gas System checked. This applies to the local as well as the remote
reading thermometers. Unless temperature rises were
1.2.1 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) brought about by other preparatory work at the measuring
The carbon dioxide quantity to be provided should points, temperatures of approximately ambient or room
suffice for two complete generator fillings [3], i.e. for temperature should be indicated. When doubts exist
displacement of the air prior to hydrogen filling and for regarding the electrical temperature measurement,
calibration and line compensation should be repeated.

Also refer to the following information :


[1] 2.1 - 1883 Gas Specification
[2] 2.1 - 1885 Primary Water Specification
[3] 2.3 - 4010 Gas Quantities

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5000-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Hints for Cooler Operation
Operation

1 General Q The amount of suspended material must be as


small as possible.
The heat exchangers of the generator and its Q The growth of micro organisms and, in case of
auxiliaries have copper, copper alloy or stainless steel seawater installations, the growth of mussels must
tubes. Admiralty brass (CuZn28Sn) is primarily used for be prevented.
fresh-water applications, while aluminium brass
(CuZn20Al) is selected for sea- water service. Cooling water obtained from a closed secondary
Copper and copper alloy tubes must from a cooling water circuit mostly meets these requirements
protective film on the cooling water side to ensure provided that the necessary care is exercised during
adequate resistance to corrosion attack. The formation initial operation, for example, by flushing the system
and the preservation of the protective film are essentially without passing water through the coolers.
dependent on the conditions during initial commissioning When using water directly obtained from natural
and subsequent service. water sources, adverse influences should be minimized
by suitable treatment procedures (e.g. filtration, dispersant
2 Cooler Tube Materials
dosing, chlorination and similar methods as specified in
The coolers of the unit described have copper, the literature).
copper alloy or stainless steel tubes.
4 Initial Operation of Coolers
Details of the cooler tube materials are specified
in the Technical Data section of this manual [1]. Prior to placing the coolers in operation for the first
time the cooling water system should be thoroughly
2.1 Copper or Copper Alloy Cooler Tubes
cleaned by flushing to remove impurities and foreign
Influences on the cooling water side can cause
matter.
damage to the copper or copper alloy tubes of the
During this flushing procedure, the coolers should
coolers, primarily in the form of erosion/corrosion and
not be in service on their cooling water sides, i.e. bypass
corrosion attack due to
arrangements must ensure that the flushing procedure
can be carried out without passing water through the
Q insufficient protective film formation
coolers. Following the flushing procedure, cooling water
Q excessive cooling water velocity
must be continuously passed through coolers with copper
Q localized, excessive cooling water velocity resulting
alloy materials for the longest possible period of time
from tube blockage by foreign bodies.
(four to eight weeks) to ensure the formation of an
Q deposits on tubes caused by suspended material
effective protective film on the cooler tubes.
and/or remnants of microorganisms which impair
the formation of a protective film and promote 5 Preventing Standstill Corrosion
corrosion, especially in (standby) coolers having
no cooling water flow for some time. Depending on the cooler material and the kind and
properties of the cooling water, standby coolers through
2.2 Stainless Steel Cooler Tubes which no cooling water flows for some period of time are
subjected to all corrosive influences that can occur during
Cooler tubes of stainless steel are susceptible to an outage.
pitting and crevice corrosion under deposits, especially This involves the risk that the microorganisms on
when the cooling water has a high salt content and the tube walls will die due to the lack of oxygen resulting
primarily when no cooling water is passed through the from the loss of fresh water supply and form decay
(standby) coolers for some time. The corrosion rate products during decomposition, such as ammonia.
decreases with increasing cooling water velocity. Depending on the material used, this may lead to
corrosion and/or stress corrosion cracking.
3 Cooling Water Properties Using cooler tubes of stainless steel with cooling
water having a high salt content involves the risk of pitting
The cooling water used for the coolers must meet and crevice corrosion when residual amounts of cooling
the following requirements : water, possibly in conjunction with deposits, produce a
corrosive influence.
Q The cooling water must be free from coarse Corrosion damage can only be safely prevented if
impurities the standby coolers are drained on their water sides,

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5003-10550/1


0209E
cleaned, completely dried, vented, and maintained in a 7. Special Measures for Wet Preservation
dry condition.
For cleaning, the coolers may be flushed with water If a cooler has to be maintained ready for service
having a low salt content (Cl content < 500 mg/l for in filled condition, the water volume in the cooler must
copper alloy tubes, < 100 mg/1 for stainless steel tubes). not be hermetically sealed from the cooling water system
For drying the medium to be cooled can be passed or from the surrounding atmosphere, respectively
through the coolers via the filler and vent pipes. However, improper cooler changeover would then result in heating
this measure cannot be always implemented in practice, and excessive expansion of the cooling water volume,
especially in the case of brief outages and because of leading to damage to the cooler gaskets or piping due to
the need to maintain the cooler ready for operation. excessive pressure.
If a cooler has to maintained ready for service in For wet preservation always open a cooler vent
filed condition, it should be flushed with the full cooling on the water side or a shutoff valve by a small amount
water volume flow for a brief period twice every week. In making sure to avoid a low-velocity water flow that would
addition, it is recommended to perform a cooler promote the entry of suspended material.
changeover once every week so that the normal-service Note : Standby coolers should be maintained ready for
cooler and the standby cooler will be alternately in operation in dry condition in preference to wet
operation. preservation.

6. Preventing Deposits in Cooler Tubes 8. Cooler Changeover

Deposits in the cooler tubes are best prevented Make sure to fill and vent standby coolers on their
by supplying the normal-service coolers with the full water sides prior to changing over the coolers. Fully open
cooling water volume flow. shutoff valves. After cooler changeover, which must be
If the temperature of the medium to be cooled is performed by experienced personnel, perform all
controlled by varying the cooling water volume flow, it is measures required for preservation of the cooler
recommended to supply the normal-service cooler with removed from normal service and now on standby.
the full cooling water volume for a brief period twice every To do this, close shutoff valves upstream and
week in order to flush away any deposits formed on the downstream of the standby cooler, since the cooling
tubes due to insufficient cooling water velocity. water system is mostly designed only for supply of the
During occasional outages of sufficient duration or cooling water flow through the normal-service cooler(s).
during an overhaul, it should than be checked whether Then open the shutoff valve on the outlet side by a small
in-service flushing is sufficient or whether manual amount to avoid the effects of a water expansion due to
cleaning is required. If frequent manual cleaning is water heating.
necessary on account of poor cooling water conditions,
the installation of a high-velocity water cleaning system 8.1 Criteria for Cooler Changeover
or of a cleaning system using sponge rubber balls should A cooler changeover is necessary when, with the
be considered. valves in the cooling water circuit fully open, the
temperature of the medium to be cooled is rising above
the normal level or when required on account of abnormal
events (e.g. leakage).

Also refer to the following information :


[1] 2.1 - 1830 Cooler data

2.3-5003-10550/2
0209 E
Turbogenerators Filling and Initial Operation

Operation of Air Side Seal Oil Circuit

Prerequisites for filling of air side seal oil circuit

Preparatory work for Seal oil circuit must have been cleaned and flushed.
1 Q

start-up Q Direction of pump rotation and oil level in seal oil


pumps must have been checked.
Q All level detectors in seal oil system must be calibrated
and activated.
Q All relief valves must be set.
Q Seal oil storage tank must be filled with oil.

Note: All operating procedures should be performed


in sequence specified.
2
Fill air side seal oil circuit

2.1
Open all pressure gauge shutoff valves

2.2
Open shutoff valves in signal pipes MKW11 AA506 (air side oil signal to A1 valve)
MKW31 AA506 (air side oil signal to A2 valve)
MKA23 AA503 (gas signal to A1 valve)
MKA23 AA504 (gas signal to A2 valve)
MKW71 AA513 (air side oil signal, TE)
MKW73 AA513 (hydrogen side oil signal, TE)
MKW71 AA523 (air side oil signal, EE)
MKW73 AA523 (hydrogen side oil signal, EE)
2.3
Open shutoff and gate valves in air side seal
oil circuit MKW01 AA503 (at seal oil storage tank)
MKW11 AA504 (before A1 valve)
MKW11 AA505 (after A1 valve)
MKW31 AA504 (before A2 valve)
MKW33 AA 505 (After A2 Valve)
MKW11 AA501 (before seal oil pump 1)
MKW21 AA501 (before seal oil pump 2)
MKW31 AA501 (before stand by seal oil pump 3)
MKW11 AA003 (after seal oil pump 1)
MKW21 AA002 (after seal oil pump 2)
MKW31 AA003 (after standby seal oil pump 3)
MKW31 AA004 (after standby seal oil pump 3)
MKW11 AA004 (after seal oil pumps)
MKW03 AA502 (before float valve, oil inlet)
MKW03 AA501 (after float valve, oil drain)
MKW03 AA505 (for oil level gauge)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5110-10550/1


0209E
MKW03 AA506 (for oil level gauge)
MKW71 BP501 (adjustable orifice)
MKW71 AA512 (after volume flow indicator
MKW71 CF511)
MKW71 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW71CF521)
MKW76 AA512 (after volume flow indicator
MKW76 CF511)
MKW76 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW76 CF521)
MKW76 AA513 (seal ring relief oil, TE)
MKW76 AA523 (seal ring relief oil, EE)

2.4
Place seal oil coolers in operation Place both seal oil coolers in operation on oil side
with rotary transfer valve assembly in its center position.
When the coolers are filled with seal oil, turn rotary
transfer valve assembly to right-hand or left-hand stop. With
the valve, assembly in this position, one cooler is in service
and one cooler on standby.
The seal oil cooler placed in operation on the oil
side should also be filled and vented on its water side.
Note : After filling, the shutoff valve for cooling water after
the cooler should be closed.
2.5
Place seal oil filters in operation Place both seal oil, filters in operation with rotary
transfer valve assembly in its center position.
When the filters are filled with seal oil, turn rotary
transfer valve assembly to right-hand or left-hand stop. With
the valve assembly in this position, one filter is in service
and one filter on standby.

2.6
Place bearing vapor exhausters in Place one exhauster in operation electrically.
operation Ensure that second exhauster is ready for start-up.

2.7
Start air side seal oil pump MKW11 AP001 With seal oil storage tank MKW01 BB001 filled and
shutoff valve MKW01 AA503 open, seal oil is available at
seal oil pump 1 after a short time. Start seal oil pump 1.
Note : To avoid a temporary excessive pressure built up in
the piping system, air in the piping must be slowly displaced
with oil. Start and immediately stop main seal oil pump
several times until the pressure gauges at the generator,
i.e.

MKW71 CP511 (air side seal oil pressure, TE)


MKW73 CP521 (air side seal oil pressure, EE)

indicate a constant pressure. The pump should then remain


in continuous operation.
De-energize seal oil pump immediately when the

2.3-5110-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators level detector system in the seal oil storage tank signals a
low oil level. Restarting the seal oil pump is only permissible
Operation
after the seal oil storage tank has been filled to the required
level.

2.8
Observe oil level in seal oil tank MKW03
BB001

During filling of the air side circuit, the seal oil tank
is simultaneously filled with seal oil via float valve MKW03
AA002. The float valve closes when the oil level reaches a
predetermined level, and the flow of oil from the air side
circuit into the seal oil tank is interrupted. However, oil will
continue to flow from the hydrogen side of the shaft seal
into the seal oil tank, resulting in a rise of the oil level above
the sight glass. This is caused by the lack of pressure in
the generator.

2.9
Set three-way valves before volume flow
indicators to position for normal operation
Set three-way valves
MKW71 AA511 (before volume flow indicator
MKW71 CF511)
MKW71 AA521 (before volume flow indicator
MKW71 CF521)
MKW76 AA511 (before volume flow indicator
MKW76 CF511)
MKW76 AA521 (before volume flow indicator
3 MKW76 CF521)
Air side seal oil circuit is filled to position where no oil passes through the volume flow
indicators.

Start with filling of hydrogen side seal oil circuit.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5110-10550/3


0209E
Turbogenerators Filling and Initial Operation

Operation of Hydrogen Side Seal Oil Circuit

Prerequisites for filling of hydrogen side seal oil circuit :

Preparatory work for


1
start-up Q Air side seal oil circuit was filled and is in operation.

2
Fill hydrogen side seal oil circuit Note: All operating procedures should be performed in
sequence specified.

2.1
Open shutoff and signal pipes MKW13 AA507 (signal equalization, C valve)
MKW13 AA505 (air side oil signal, C valve)
MKA13 AA506 (hydrogen side oil signal, C valve)

2.2
Open shutoff and gate valves MKA13 AA501 (before hydrogen side seal oil pump)
MKW13 AA003 (after hydrogen side seal oil pump)
MKW13 AA510 (after C valve)
MKW73 AA512 (after volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF511)
MKW73 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF512)
MKW13 AA503 (before seal oil cooler)
2.3
Place seal oil coolers in operation
Place both seal oil coolers in operation on oil side
with rotary transfer valve assembly in its center position.
When the coolers are filled with seal oil, turn rotary
transfer valve assembly to right-hand or left-hand stop. With
the valve assembly in this position, one cooler is in service
and one cooler on standby.
The seal oil cooler placed in operation on the oil
side should also be filled and vented on its water side.
Note : After filling, the shutoff valve for cooling water after
the cooler should be closed.

2.4
Place seal oil filters in operation. Pace both seal oil filters in operation with rotary
transfer valve assembly in its center position.
When the filters are filled with seal oil, turn rotary
transfer valve assembly to right-hand or left-hand stop. With
the valve assembly in this position, one filter is in service
and one filter on standby.

BHEL, Haridwar
2.3-5120-10550/1
0209 E
2.5
Place and keep hydrogen side seal oil pump Place hydrogen side seal oil pump in operation
MKW13 AP001 in operation electrically. Start and immediately stop pump several times
until the air has been displaced from the piping. The pump
should then remain in continuous operation.

2.6
Close signal equalizing valve MKW13
AA507 at C valve

2.7
Set three-way valves before volume flow Set three-way valves :
indicators to position for normal operation MKW73 AA511 (before volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF511)
MKW73 AA521 (before volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF521)

to position where no oil passes through the volume flow


indicators.

3
Hydrogen side seal oil circuit is filled. Start with venting of seal oil circuits.

2.3-5120-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Venting of Seal Oil Circuits

Operation

1 Vent seal oil circuit

1.1
Vent signal pipes and main bellows of Keep vent valves at differential pressure regulating
differential pressure regulating valves (A1, valves open until oil emerges without bubbles.
A2 and C valves) Then loosen venting screws and vent main bellows
of differential pressure regulating valves.

1.2
Vent seal oil coolers in air side and hydrogen side
Vent seal oil coolers
seal oil circuits by means of vent valves :

MKW51 AA511 (air side seal oil cooler 1)


MKW51 AA510 (air side seal oil cooler 2)
MKW53 AA511 *hydrogen side seal oil cooler 1)
MKW53 AA510 (hydrogen side seal oil cooler 2)

Close vent valves when oil emerges without bubbles.

1.3
Vent seal oil filters in air side and hydrogen side
Vent seal oil filters
circuits through venting screws on filter housings.

1.4
Vent all signal pipes to the pressure
measuring devices through the venting
screw of the respective pressure gauge
shutoff vale.

1.5 Venting should be performed as follows :


Vent signal pipes and main bellows of
pressure equalizing value MKW73 AA011 Q Open vent valves
MKW73 AA514 (in hydrogen side signal pipe)

MKW71 AA514 (in air side signal pipe)

for venting the signal pipes up to the pressure


equalizing valve. Close valves when oil emerges
without bubbles.
Q Close shutoff valve
MKW71 AA513 (for air side oil signal)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5130-10550/1


0209 E
and open vent valve

MKW71 AA514

to vent the main bellows of the pressure equalizing


valve close vent valve when oil emerges without
bubbles. Shutoff valve MKW71 AA513 should then
be reopened.

1.6
Vent signal pipes and main bellows of
Venting should be performed as follows :
pressure equalizing valve MKW73 AA021

Q Open vent valves:

MKW71 AA524 (in hydrogen side signal pipe)

MKW71 AA524 *in air side signal pipe)

for venting the signal pipes up to the pressure


equalizing valve. Close valves when oil emerges
without bubbles.
Q Close shutoff valve

MKW71 AA523 (for air side oil signal)

and open vent valve

MKW71 AA524

to vent the main bellows of the pressure equalizing


valve. Close vent valve when oil emerges without
bubbles. Shutoff valve MKW71 AA523 should then
be reopened.

Q Close shutoff valve


MKW73 AA523 (for hydrogen side oil signal)

and open vent valve

MKW73 AA524

to vent the main bellows of the pressure equalizing


2
valve close vent valve when oil emerges with bubbles.
Venting of all circuits and components of
Shutoff valve MKW73 AA523 should then be
the seal oil system is cimpleteed.
reopened.

2.3-5130-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Setting of Seal Oil Pressures

Operation

Note : Values indicated below apply to the generator at


standstill and seal oil temperatures after coolers of 20 to
300C. Check that temperatures of air side and hydrogen
1 Set seal oil pressures
side seal oil are approximately equal.
When setting the pressures, make sure to observe
the static head of the respective units and instruments.

Loosen lock nut at valve stem. Turn adjusting nut


1.1
to set A11 valve so that a seal oil pressure of approximately
Adjust A1 valve MKW11 AA002
1.5 bar above the gas pressure in the generator is
established at shaft seals.
Note : Clockwise turning of adjusting nut increases seal
oil pressure at shaft seals.
Counterclockwise tuning of adjusting nut decreases
seal oil pressure at shaft seals.

1.2
Adjust orifice MKW71 BP501 and A valve MKW11
Set seal oil pressure for seal ring relief
AA002 so that the seal oil pressure for seal ring relief will
be higher than the seal oil pressure at the shaft seals by
approximately 1 bar.
Note : Adjustment is preliminary only since shaft seals are
not yet subjected to generator casing pressure.
Final adjustment can only be made when the
generator is filled to rated pressure and operated at rated
speed. When making the final adjustment, also check the
running condition of the turbine-generator, since an
incorrectly set seal oil pressure may impair the running
condition of the generator.

1.3
Adjust C valve MKW13 AA002
Use C valve to adjust oil pressure after hydrogen
side seal oil pump. Setting should be made in the same
way as for the A valve by turning the adjusting nut.
The seal oil pressure after the hydrogen side seal
oil pump must be higher than the seal oil pressure at the
shaft seals. This higher pressure is required to enable the
pressure equalizing valves to maintain a constant seal oil
pressure.
1.4
Adjust pressure equalizing valves MKW73
Remove lower cap and loosen lock nut.
AA011 and MKW73 AA021 for hydrogen
Hydrogen side seal oil pressure is decreased by
side circuit
turning threaded stem clockwise and increased by turning
counterclockwise.
pressure differences between air side and hydrogen
side seal oil pressures are indicated by differential pressure
gauges MKA06 CP501 and MKA07 CP501.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5150-10550/1


0209 E
After completion of the adjustment, tighten lock nut
and replace cap.
Make sure that position of upper threaded stem has
not been changed.

1.5
Adjust A2 valve MKW31 AA002 Note : The operating values for the A1 and C valves should
be measured so they can be used as target values before
starting with adjustment of A2 valve.
Stop operation of seal oil pumps 1 and 2. Standby
seal oil pump 3 will start automatically.
Make adjustment in the same manner as was done
for A1 valve. During operation with A2 valve, the seal oil
pressure must be the same as when operating with A1
valve. Under normal condition, A1 valve is the controlling
valve.
Recheck and , if required, correct setting when the
generators is in operation.

2
Setting of seal oil pressures is completed
Set alarm and changeover contacts.

2.3-5150-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Setting of Operating Values

Operation for Seal Oil system

Check function of complete control and supervisory


equipment.
Set operating values
1
for seal oil system

2 Alarm contacts at differential pressure indicators are


Alarm contacts at twin filters in air side and set so that alarm will be initiated when filters are
hydrogen side circuits contaminated.

3
Check function of pressure switches Check function of all pressure switches in installed
condition. If necessary, correct pressure switch setting to
match actual pressure conditions.

4
Check function of level detectors This check is only permissible when the generator
MKA06CL001 and MKA07 CL001 in is filled with air at 0 bar. Separate functional testing is
installed condition required for each level detector.

Remove hex plug from stator end shield located


near the level detector. Close shutoff valve MKW03 AA501.
Take seal oil pump MKW13 AP001 out of service. The oil
level in the generator pre-chambers will rise. The alarm is
activated as soon as the oil level reaches the level detector.
Shutoff valve MKW03 AA501 should then be
opened immediately and secured to prevent closing. The
oil level will drop. Cancel the alarm.

1 2 3

1 Stator end Shield


2 Hex Plug
3 Level Detector

Fig. 1 Level Detector

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5160-10550/1


0209 E
If seal oil flows from the threaded hole without an
5
alarm being give, the cause of the level detector malfunction
Set limit cards for temperature monitoring
should be investigated, in such a case, shutoff valve
MKW03 AA501 should then also be opened immediately.
After completion of a successful test, replace hex plug,
making sure that a gas tight seal is obtained.
6
checking and setting of supervisory
equipment is completed

Set limit cards for temperature monitoring to operating

2.3-5160-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Measurement of Seal Oil Volume Flows

Operation

1 Measure volume flows

2
Open shutoff valves for seal oil volume flow
MKW71 AA512 (before TE shaft seal)
measurement in air side circuit
MKW71 AA522 (before EE shaft seal)
Adjust three-way valves MKW71 AA511 and
MKW71 AA521 so that seal oil flow via volume flow meters.

3
Open shutoff values for seal oil volume flow
MKW73 AA512 (before TE shaft seal)
measurement in hydrogen side circuit.
MKW73 AA522 (before EE shaft seal)

Adjust three-way valves MKW73 AA511 and


MKW73 AA521 so that seal oil flows via volume flow meters.

4
Open shutoff valves for ring relief oil
MKW76 AA 512 (for seal ring relief, TE)
volume flow measurement
MKW76 AA522 (for seal ring relief, EE)
Adjust three-way valves MKW76 AA511 and
MKW76 AA521 so that relief oil flows via volume flow
meters.

5
Volume flow meters are activated

Start with next settings.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5163-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Functional Testing of Pumps and
Operation Exhausters

1 Perform functional test

2
Check standby seal oil pump for proper
operation

3
Check pumps for automatic operation

4.
When a seal oil temperature more than
400C has been reached, turn on the cooling
water supply to cooler selected for
operation so as to obtain the specified heat
removal capacity.

5
Measure vacuum in bearing compartments with a U-tube
Check bearing vapor exhausters for proper
pressure gauge while the bearing vapor exhauster is in
operation
operation. The vacuum should be between approximately
5 to 10 mbar.

6
Filling and startup procedures are
completed
being normal running routine

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5180-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Startup of Air Side Seal Oil Circuit

Operation

Startup of air side The seal oil system must be in operation when the
1
seal oil circuit generator is :
to be filled with hydrogen.
to be filled with air for leakage testing or
to be operated under load.

Prior to startup, make sure that all indicating devices


are ready for operating and that the Preparations for
Starting have been carried out. The system will normally
be ready for startup when it was shut down in accordance
with the respective instructions.
Place one bearing vapor exhauster in operation.

1.1
Check to ensure that all pressure gauge
shutoff valves are open

1.2
Check if shutoff valves in seal oil circuit are Open shutoff valves in specified sequence
open MKW01 AA503 (at seal oil storage tank)
MKW11 AA504 (before A1 valves)
MKW11 AA505 (after A1 valve)
MKW31 AA504 (before A2 valve)
MKW31 AA505 (after A2 valve)
MKW11 AA501 (before seal oil pump 1)
MKW21 AA501 (before seal oil pump 2)
MKW31 AA501 (before standby seal oil pump 3)
MKW11 AA003 (after seal oil pump 1)
MKW21 AA002 (after seal oil pump 2)
MKW31 AA003 (after standby seal oil pump 3)
MKW31 AA004 (after standby seal oil pump 3)
MKW11 AA004 (after seal oil pumps)
MKW03 AA502 (before float valve, oil inlet)
MKW03 AA501 (after float value, oil drain)
MKW03 AA505 (for oil level gauge)
MKW03 AA506 (for oil level gauge)
MKW71 BP501 (adjustable orifice)
MKW71 AA512 (after volume flow indicator
MKW71 CF511)
MKW71 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW76 CF511)
MKW76 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW76 CF521)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5210-10550/1


0209 E
1.3
Verify that shutoff valves in signal lines of MKW11 AA506 (air side oil signal to A1 valve)
air side circuit are open MKW31 AA506 (air side oil signal to A2 valve)
MKW23 AA503 (gas signal to A1 valve)
MKW23 AA504 (gas signal to A2 valve)
MKW71 AA513 (air side oil signal, TE)
MKW73 AA513 (hydrogen side oil signal, TE)
MKW71 AA523 (air side oil signal, EE)
MKW73 AA523 (hydrogen side oil signal, EE)

1.4
Start air side seal oil pump 1, MKW03 Check oil level in seal oil pumps. Place seal oil pump
BB001 in operation.
Note : To avoid a temporary excessive pressure build up
in piping system, air in piping must be slowly displaced
with oil. Start and immediately stop seal oil pump several
times until all air is removed from the piping system. Seal
oil pump 1 should then be kept in continuous operation.

1.5
Check oil level in seal oil tank MKW03 During filling of air side circuit, the seal oil tank is
BB001 simultaneously filled with seal oil via float valve MKW03
AA002. The float valve closes when the oil level reaches a
predetermined level. Oil will continue to flow from the
hydrogen side of the shaft seal into the seal oil tank,
resulting in a rise of the oil level above the sight glass. This
is caused by the lack of pressure in the generator.
2
Start with filling of hydrogen side seal oil circuit.
Air side seal oil circuit is now in operation

2.3-5210-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Startup of Hydrogen Side Seal Oil
Operation Circuit

The air side seal oil circuit must be in operation.

Start-up of hydrogen side


1
seal oil circuit

1.2
Fill seal oil circuit

1.1
Seal oil level is observable at sight glass
of seal oil tank no

1.3 MKW13 AA501 (before hydrogen side seal oil pump)


Check to assure that shutoff valves in MKW13 AA003 (after hydrogen side seal oil pump)
hydrogen side circuit are open MKW13 AA510 (after C valve)
MKW73 AA512 (after volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF511)
MKW73 AA522 (after volume flow indicator
MKW73 CF521)
MKW13 AA513 (before seal oil cooler)
1.4
Verify that shutoff valves in signal lines of
hydrogen side circuit are open MKW13 AA507 (signal equalization, C valve)
MKW13 AA505 (air side oil signal to C valve)
MKW13 AA506 (hydrogen side oil signal to C valve)

1.5
Start hydrogen side seal oil pump
MKW13 AP001

2
Hydrogen side seal oil circuit is now in
operation Start with venting of seal oil circuits

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5220-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Venting of Seal Oil Circuits and
Operation Checking of Seal Oil Pressures

1 Vent and check oil pressures

2
Vent coolers and filters

2.1
Vent seal oil coolers (oil side) and seal oil
Keep vent valves of all seal oil coolers and vent plugs
filters
of seal oil filters open until the oil emerges without bubbles.

2.2
Check seal oil filters for contamination and
The degree of filter contamination can be seen at the
clean filters, if required
differential pressure gauge. When the indicator is
completely red. Cleaning will be required.

2.3
Fill service seal oil cooler on water side
and vent cooler

3.1
Vent oil signal lines, Adjust A1, A2, C valves
and pressure equalizing valves.

3.2
Ven pressure gauges

3.3 yes
Is pressure gauge reading correct ?
no

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5230-10550/1


0209 E
3
Oil pressures are in agreement with the
previous operating values. no

4 Note : Final adjustment of the pressure for ring relief can


Check and, if required, adjust operating only be made when the generator has been filled with
values for seal ring relief hydrogen to rated pressure, when the seal oil is hot and
when the generator operates at rated speed.

5
Seal oil pressures are set Start with functional tests.

2.3-5230-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Checking Automatic Operation of
Operation Seal Oil Pumps

1 Perform functional test

2
Check standby seal oil pump for proper
operation

3
Check automatic operation of pumps

4
When a seal oil temperature is more than
400C, turn on the cooling water supply to
cooler selected for operation so as to obtain
the specified heat removal capacity

5
Check bearing vapour exhausters for
proper operation.

6
End of starting procedure. Begin with
normal running routine

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-5280-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Positions of Multi-Way Valves

Operation in Gas System

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6107-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Scavenging the Electrical

Operation Gas Purity Meter System

Prior to activating the purity meter system, leak tests


of the generator and its auxiliaries must be finished.
Preparatory work Check gas lines and wiring of the meter system for
1
correct installation. Transmitter terminals not connected to
an indicator must be connected to the equivalent resistor
(200 or 290 ohm, incorporated in transmitter) by inserting
a jumper (connect negative terminal with terminal (*)).

2 With the power supply switched off, set output


Set mechanical zeros instruments to their mechanical zeros. In case of indicators,
this should be done by means of the zero setter. In case of
recorders, make setting in accordance with applicable
service instructions.
3
Scavenge measuring gas system

3.1
Prepare to scavenge measuring gas During commissioning make sure that no hydrogen (H2) is
system introduced into the air filled generator. Close shutoff valves
and three-way valves.

MKG25 AA519 (H2 filter line)


MKG25 AA518 (CO2 filter line)
MKG25 AA502 (vent gas)
MKG25 AA512 (sampling)

Scavenge piping system with hydrogen prior to


electrical commissioning of the meter system.
Connect one full bottle of H2 to the bottle rack

3.2
Set H2 pressure reducers to minimum low- Loosen the locks for the adjusting screws of H2
pressure setting pressure reducers.

MKG11 AA001 (H2 pressure reducer 1, H2 bottle rack)


MKG19 AA001 (H2 pressure reducer 2, H2 unit)
MKG12 AA001 (H2 pressure reducer 1, H2 bottle rack)
MKG19 A002 (H2 pressure reducer 2, H2 unit)

Turn adjusting screws counterclockwise to bring


each pressure reducer to lower end of low-pressure range.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6110-10550/1


0209 E
3.3
Set flow path of measuring gas. Open To set the flow path, open the following shutoff valves :
shutoff valves
MKG11 AA501 (H 2 Bottle)
MKG11 AA531(H2 Bottle rack manifold)
MKG11 AA561(Before H2 pressure reducer-1, H2 bottle rack)
MKG15 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer-1, H2 bottle
rack)
MKG15 AA504 (for H2 high pressure)
MKG15 AA502 (before H2 pressure reducer-1, H2 unit)
MKG15 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer, H2 unit)
or
MKG11 AA501(H2 bottle)
MKG11 AA531(H2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG12 AA501 (before H2 pressure reducer- 2, H2 bottle
rack)
MKG16 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer-2, H2 bottle
rack)
MKG15 AA504 (for H2 high pressure)
MKG17 AA505 (before H2 pressure reducer-2, H2 unit)
3.4 MKG19 AA502 (after H2 pressure reducer, H2 unit)
Set H2 pressure reducers to rated gas
pressure.
Set H2 pressure reducers 1 and 2 in bottle rack to a gauge
pressure of approximately 8 bar. Set H2 pressure reducers
1 and 2 in H2 unit to rated gas pressure. Subsequently, the
locks for adjusting screws of the pressure reducers must be
3.5 retightened firmly. Flow path upstream of three-way valve
Set pressure reducer for measuring gas to MKG25 AA507 is now open.
minimum low-pressure setting.

Loosen the lock for adjusting screw of the pressure


reducer. Turn adjusting screw counterclockwise to being
3.6 pressure reducer to low end of low-pressure range.
Three-way valve MKG25 AA507

Switch three-way valve MKG25 AA507 to H2 flow towards


gas purity meter system.
3.7
Set scavenging gas volume flow

Increase gas volume flow at pressure reducer MKG25


AA003 until float in flow indicator MKG25 CF501 reaches a
3.8 scale value of 220 (=20 dm3/h H2 ).
Terminate scavenging procedure and set
measuring gas volume flow
Gas side of meter system is ready for measurement after
a scavenging period of 30-60 Minutes.
Reduce gas volume flow at pressure reducer MKG25
AA003 until in flow indicator MKG25 CF501 reaches a scale
value of 140 (=18dm3/h H2 ). Check and readjust flow rate
4 several times during the next few minutes.
End of scavenging procedure

2.3-6110-10550/2 Start with setting of electrical zero.


0209E
Turbogenerators Setting Electircal Zero of

Operation Electircal Gas Purity Meter System

To check bridge supply current, connect an ammeter


with a range of 0 ....... 0.5 A and an internal resistance of
750 milli-ohm between terminal (+) (balancing terminal of
1 Check bridge supply current power supply) and the lead run from this terminal to terminal
(+) of the purity transmitter.
Switch on power supply (if required) to amplifier,
regulator or recorder for electrical commissioning of the
purity meter system.
Bridge supply current must be 335 + 1.7 mA.
If another value is obtained, adjust ridge supply current
at potentiometers R3 and R6 in power supply unit.

Set electrical zero after a warm-up period of 30 minutes.


2
Turn range selector to positing III. Indicator (100-76%
Set electrical zero
H2 in air) should read 100% H2.
The hydrogen volume flow set prior to checking of the
bridge supply current is used for the setting of the electrical
zero.
Hydrogen is now used as measuring and comparison
gas and therefore the bridge must be balanced. No current
flows between the dividing points of the bridge. The output
voltage of purity transmitter must be 0 mV. and accordingly
a 100% H2 indication should be displayed on the indicators
selected by means of the range selector switch. Any
deviation can be adjusted by miens of zero adjusting
resistor R3.
The H2 volume flow passing through the transmitter is
now set and must not be changed.
2.1 De-energize purity meter system and remove ammeter.
Close shutoff valves and three-way valve.
MKG11 AA501 (H2 bottle)
MKG11 AA531 (H2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG11 AA561 (before H2 pressure reducer 1.
MKG15 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer 1,
MKG15 AA504 (for H2 high pressure)
MKG15 AA502 (before H2 pressure reducer 1, H2 unit)
MKG19 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer 1, H2 unit)
MKG25 AA507 (measuring gas, calibration)
or
MKG11 AA501 (H2 bottle)
MKG11 AA531 (H2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG12 AA501 (before H2 pressure reducer 2,
MKG16 AA501 (after H2 pressure reducer 2,
MKG15 AA504 (for H2 high pressure)
MKG17 AA505 (before H2 pressure reducer 2, H2 unit)
MKG19 AA502 (after H2 pressure reducer 2, H2 unit)
MKG25 AA507 (measuring gas, calibration)

3
End of calibration procedure The electrical purity meter system is now calibrated
purity measurements for CO 2 and H2 filling and removal
and for H2 operation can be performed.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6120-10550/1


0209 E
Turbogenerators Purity Measurement During CO2 Filling
Operation

Measure purity
1
during CO2 filling

1.1
Electrical commissioning of meter system Switch on power supply. After a shortened warm-up
period, the system is ready for measurement during CO2
filling

1.2
Turn range selector to position 1 Turn range selector to position 1 (0 to 100% CO2 in
air).
The indicator should display a reading of 100% CO2 in
air).
The flow path of the measuring gas (extracted before
orifice MKG25 BP502) is as follows :
Pressure reducer for measuring gas
Flow meter for measuring gas
CO2/ H2 purity transmitter
1.3 To atmosphere.
Observe purity changes during CO2 filling

2
Terminate purity measurement used during
CO2 filling Since the purity meter measures the vent gas purity, it
can be seen from the indicator scale when the generator is
filled with CO2.
CO2 filling can be terminated when the purity amounts
to approximately 95% CO2 in air.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6130-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Purity Measurement During H2 Filling

Operation

Measure purity
1
during H2 filling

1.1 Turn range selector to position II (0 to 100 % CO2 in


Turn range selector to position II. H2)
The flow path of the measuring gas (extracted before
orifice MKG25 BP502) is as follows :

Shutoff valve for measuring gas (filling)


Pressure reducer for measuring gas
Flow meter for measuring gas
CO2/H2 purity transmitter
To atmosphere.

1.2
Observe purity changes during H2 filling.

2
Terminate purity measurement used during H2 filling is terminated when the purity is approximately
H2 filling. 98% H2.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6140-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Purity Measurement During H2 Operation

Operation

Measure purity
1 during H2 operation

1.1 Turn range selector to position III (100 to 76% H2 in air)


Turn range selector to position III. The meter system measures the purity of the measuring
gas extracted from the generator housing

The measuring has volume flow is to keep the float at


1.2 a scale value of 140 in flow indicator ST11 F501. Provide
Check measuring gas volume flow variations of the volume flow by pressure reducer ST11
N501.

2
The H2 purity meter system is ready for
service. Start with normal running routine
for supervision of purity in generator
housing

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6150-10550/1


0209E
Turbogenerators Gas Filling

Operation Replacing Air With CO 2

Never use fire or an open flame (welding, flame-cutting,


smoking, etc.) in the vicinity of the generator and the
Hints and preparatory work. hydrogen system at any time, even when starting with the
1
preparations for generator filling.
Filling and emptying the generator should be performed
with the generator at rest or on turning gear. Filling during
turning gear operation will result in a higher gas
consumption due to the whirling motion between the
medium to be displaced and the medium admitted.
For this reason, do not perform any filling or purging
operations with the generator at higher speeds than during
turning gear operation.
The seal oil system and the bearing vapor exhauster
must be in operation and will positively remain in service
period to starting with the gas filing procedure.
CO2 flash evaporator was filled with heat transfer liquid
up to lower edge of the riser.
Ensure that the pose between compressed air filter
MKG25 BT001 and shutoff valve MKG25 AA501 is nor
connected. Making this connection should only be done
when compressed air from the station air system is required
for removing the carbon dioxide (CO2) form the generator
or for performing a leakage test.
Check to ensure that all shutoff and three-way valves
in the gas valve rack, at the gas dryer and in the bottle
rack are closed.

2
Fill generator with carbon dioxide (CO2). All lines carrying gas during this procedure are
represented by yellow lines on the mimic diagram of the
gas valve rack.

2.1
Open all pressure gauge shutoff valves.

2.2
Switch on heater of CO2 flash evaporator. Switch on heater of CO2 flash evaporator. Observe
temperature rise of heat transfer liquid at temperature
gauge. Wait until thermostat switches off the heater at the
preset temperature.

2.3
Open shutoff and three-way valves. MKG25 AA519 (three-way valve in position H2 vent gas)
MKG25 AA502 (shutoff valve in H 2 vent gas line)
MKG25 AA518 (three-way valve in position CO2 filling)
MKG25 AA561 (shutoff valve for CO2 high pressure)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6310-10550/1


0209E
Then open shutoff valves at CO2 bottles and at CO2
bottle rack manifold. Replace empty CO2 bottles by full
bottles.

2.4
Turn range selector to position I and
measure CO2 purity
Check zero setting of CO2/H2 purity transmitter.
Set range selector switch in CO2/H2 purity transmitter
to position 1 (0-100% in air)

2.5
Terminate filling with carbon dioxide.

Filling with CO2 may be terminated when a purity in


excess of 95% CO2 in air has been reached. If the open
CO2 bottles are not yet completely empty, the residual
carbon dioxide should also be admitted into the generator.
Switch off heater of CO2 flash evaporator.

2.6
Close shutoff and three-way valves.
MKG25 AA 518 (three-way valve in CO2 filler line)
MKG51 AA 561 (shut off value for CO2 high pressure)
MKG25 AA 519 (three-way valve in H2 filler line)

Close all shutoff values at CO2 bottle rack manifold and


CO2 bottles.

2.7
Check if sufficient CO2 is available for next
generator purge
Prior to starting with H2 filling, check to ensure that a
sufficient amount of CO2 is available for the next generator
purge.

3
The generator is filled with carbon dioxide.

Start with H2 filling.

2.3-6310-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Gas Filling

Operation Replacing CO 2 With H 2

All lines carrying gas during this procedure are


represented by red lines on the mimic diagram of the gas
Fill generator with H2 valve rack.
1
to operating pressure
MKG25 AA518 (three-way valve in CO2 vent gas
position)
MKG25 AA519 (three-way valve in H2 filling position)
1.1 MKG19 AA501 (shutoff valve after the pressure
Open shutoff and three-way valves reducer)
MKG15 AA502 (shutoff valve before H 2 pressure
reducer 1)
MKG15 AA504 (shutoff valve in high-pressure H2 line)
MKG15 AA501 (shutoff valve for low-pressure H2)
MKG11 AA561 (shutoff valve for high-pressure H2)
MKG11 AA531 (H2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG11 AA501 (H2 bottle)
or
MKG25 AA518 (three-way valve in CO2 vent gas
position)
MKG25 AA519 (three-way valve in H2 filling position)
MKG19 AA502 (shutoff valve after the pressure
reducer)
MKG17 AA505 (shutoff valve before H 2 pressure
reducer 2)
MKG15 AA504 (shutoff valve in high-pressure H2 line)
MKG16 AA501 (shutoff valve for low-pressure H2)
MKG12 AA501 (shutoff valve for high-pressure H2)
MKG11 AA531 (H2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG11 AA501 (H2 bottle)
Check to ensure that H2 pressure reducers adjust
operating pressure.
Note: Pressure after pressure reducers in bottle rack
must be approximately 8 bar. Pressure after pressure
reducers in H2 unit must be set to rated gas pressure.
H2 filling should be performed by operating the H 2
bottles separately.

Turn range selector in CO2/H2 purity transmitter to


position II (0 to 100% CO2). The increase in H2 purity can
1.2 be seen at the indicator since the purity meter system
Turn range selector to position II continues to measure the vent gas purity. In case of
indicator (position II) shows H2 purity.

1.3 In excess of 20% CO2 in H2, turn range selector switch


Observe H2 purity indication and turn to position III (100 to 76% H2 in air).
range selector to position III Continue H2 filling until indicator gives a reading of
approximately 98% H2 in air.
Check and, if required, correct measuring gas flow.

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6320-10550/1


0209E
1.4 The contact settings for control of the seal oil pumps
Close shutoff valve MKG25 AA502 must be matched to the respective gas pressures. Set
contacts to operating values when rated gas pressure has
been reached.
1.5
Set contacts for pump control in seal oil
system. When shutoff valve MKG55 AA502 is closed, the
generator will be filled to operating pressure.
Filling the generator to operating pressure may also
be performed during operation at rated speed.
2 Note : Adjust pressure of seal ring relief oil to match
Fill generator with hydrogen to operating the changed gas pressures during generator runup.
pressure.
MKG05 AA501 (shutoff valve in measuring gas line)
MKG05 AA502 (shutoff valve in measuring gas line)

Activate mechanical gas purity meter system. When


the generator operates at rated speed, the H2 purity can
3 also be measured by means of the mechanical gas purity
Measure H2 purity by means of mechanical meter system.
purity meter.

3.1 The electrical purity meter causes a small gas loss since
Open shutoff valves the measuring gas is vented to the atmosphere. For this
reason, sufficient H2 must always be available.

3.2
Activate mechanical gas purity meter
system

4
The generator is filled with H2.
Start with normal running routine

2.3-6320-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators N 2 Purging After Filing of
Operation Primary Water System

After initial filling of the primary water circuit and


following the addition of larger quantities of primary water
(>100 dm3 per month), the primary water tank should be
1 Preparatory work
purged with nitrogen to reduce the oxygen content of the
primary water. During purging, O2 is extracted from the
primary water and discharged to the atmosphere via the
vent gas line.
Prerequisites for N2 purging :

Q The external primary water circuit was filled with water.


Q The primary water pumps must be in operation.
Q A reliable nitrogen supply must be available.
The N2 pressure reducer was set to a gauge pressure
2
Q

of 0.5 bar.
Purging the primary water tank with
nitrogen (N2)
Note : The nitrogen used for purging must have a purity
of 99.99%.

2.1
Open shutoff valves at bottle rack and in
MKG31 AA501 (at N2 bottle)
purging gas system
MKG31 AA502 (at N2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG31 AA503 (before N2 pressure reducer)
MKG35 AA501 (after N2 pressure reducer)
MKF91 AA502 (in N2 purging gas line)

In addition, open shutoff valve for N2 bottle pressure


measurement.

2.2
Check N2 purging gas volume flow

The nitrogen volume flow rate should be 600 dm3/h.


corresponding to a bottle pressure drop of approximately
15 bar/h for a 40 dm3 nitrogen bottle.

2.3
Perform nitrogen purging procedure
Continue nitrogen purging until a sufficiently low oxygen
content (≤ 100 μg/dm3) is reached in the primary water
tank.
A sufficiently low O2 content for the most diverse initial
conditions is obtained after the following purging periods.

Q 30 hours after initial filling with subsequent refilling of


external circuit.
Q 10 hours after a refilling procedure during operation.

Note : The primary water must be continuously maintained


in circulation during nitrogen purging

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-6810-10550/1


0209E
2.4
Terminate nitrogen purging

2.5
Close shutoff valves at bottle rack and in MKG31 AA501 (at N2 bottle)
purging gas system. MKG31 AA502 (at N2 bottle rack manifold)
MKG31 AA503 (before N2 pressure reducer)
MKG35 AA501 (after N2 pressure reducer)
MKF91 AA502 (for N2 purging gas)

3
continue filling or operation of primary water
system.

2.3-6810-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Filling and Initial Operation of
Primary Water System
Operation
Preparatory Work

Caution : The primary water system may only be filled


with water complying with our specification [1]
Filling and initial operation Prerequisites for filling the primary water system :
1
of primary water system
Q The primary water pumps must have been checked for
proper alignment after installation of the connecting
piping at the generator. The oil levels in the bearings
and direction of rotation must have been checked with
pump uncoupled.
Q Primary water circuit must have been cleaned [2]
Q Primary water circuit must have been leak tested [3]
Q The filter elements of all filters must be installed [4]
Q the ion exchanger must be filled with resins.

2
Preparatory work

2.1
Set mechanical and electrical zeros of the
conductivity meter system [5]

2.2
Adjust primary water tank level system with
probe not immersed [6]

2.3
Adjust the leakage water level detectors
with probes immersed [7]

2.4
Check and set primary water volume flow
indicators [8]

2.5
Adjust relief valve for makeup line [9]

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-7100-10550/1


0209E
2.6
Set mechanical zeros of all pressure
gauges

2.7
Set electrical zero of pressure transmitter

2.8
Ensure that pure nitrogen is available at
required pressure and in sufficient quantity. Note : Use only nitrogen complying with our
specification [10]

2.9 Make sure that shutoff valves MKF60 AA504 and MKF60
Ensure that water is available for filling of AA520 are closed.
the primary water system. The filler line and make-up line should be carefully
flushed with de-ionate prior to being connected to the
primary water system inlet valves.
Water in filler or makeup line should be at a sufficient
pressure (ρ = 2 to 10 bar, ~ 30 to 145 psig.)
¯
3
Fill external part of primary water system.

Also refer to following imformations :


[1] 2.1-1885 Primary water specification
[2] 2.5-7382 Flushing external parts of Primary water circuit
[3] 2.5-0310 Leakage tests
[4] 2.4-4740 Maintenance and supervision of Primary water filters
[5] 2.3-7530 Activating the Primary water conductivity meter system
[6] 2.3-7520 Activating the Primary water level monitoring system
[7] 2.3-7510 Activating the Primary water level detector system
[8] 2.3-7540 Activating the Primary water Volume flow meter system
[9] 2.3-4070 Operating and setting values
[10] 2.1-1883 Gas specification

2.3-7100-10550/2
0209E
Turbogenerators Filling and Initial Operation of
Primary Water System
Operation Filling External Part of Primary Water Circuit

Prerequisites for filling external part of primary water


circuit :
Fill external part of
1
primary water circuit
Q Preparatory work was completed.
External part of the primary water system consists of
the entire system except for.

Q Water treatment system


Q Terminal bushings and phase connectors
Q Stator winding

2
Close valve
MKF12 AA502 (drain valve before pump 1)
MKF 22 AA502 (drain valve before pump 2)
MKF52 AA521 (primary water drain valve for cooler 1)
MKF52 AA522 (primary water drain valve for cooler 2)
MKF52 AA523 (primary water drain valve for cooler 3)
MKF52 AA544 (primary water drain valve manifold)
MKF52 AA581 (drain valve at main filter 1)
MKF52 AA591 (drain valve at main filter 2)
MKF52 AA593 (shutoff valve after main filter 2)
MKF60 AA502 (control valve for water treatment
system)
MKF60 AA504 (shutoff valve in makeup line)
MKF60 AA519 (shutoff valve after water treatment
system)
MKF80 AA506 (shutoff valve before water level
indicator, bottom)
MKF80 AA507 (drain valve at water level indicator)
MKF80 AA509 (drain valve at level detectors)
MKF80 AA512 (shutoff valve before level detector 1,
bottom)
MKF80 AA513 (drain valve at level detector 1)
MKF82 AA501 (control valve before stator winding)
MKF83 AA501 (control valve before bushings)
MKF83 AA502 (shutoff valve after bushings)
MKF91 AA502 (shutoff valve for N2 purging gas)
MKF91 AA506 (shutoff valve for vent gas line)

3
Open valve MKF12 AA501 (shutoff valve before pump 1)
MKF12 AA504 (shutoff valve after pump 1)
MKF22 AA501 (shutoff valve before pump 2)
MKF22 AA504 (shutoff valve after pump 2)
MKF52 AA501 (primary water shutoff valve before
cooler 1)

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-7110-10550/1


0209E
MKF52 AA502 (primary water shutoff valve before
cooler 2)
MKF52 AA503 (primary water shutoff valve before
cooler )
MKF52 AA511 (primary water shutoff valve after
cooler 1)
MKF52 AA512 (primary water shutoff valve after
cooler 2)
MKF52 AA513 (primary water shutoff valve after
cooler 3)
MKF52 AA531 (primary water vent valve for
cooler 1)
MKF52 AA532 (primary water vent valve for
cooler 2)
MKF52 AA533 (primary water vent valve for
cooler 3)
MKF52 AA545 (primary water vent valve manifold)
MKF52 AA580 (shutoff valve for main filter 1)
MKF52 AA582 (vent valve at main filter 1)
MKF52 AA583 (shutoff valve after main filter 1)
MKF80 AA503 (shutoff valve in main circuit,
delivery pipe)
MKF80 AA504 (shutoff valve in bypass of primary
water tank)
MKF80 AA505 (shutoff valve before water level
indicator, top)
MKF 80 AA508 (vent valve at water level indicator)
MKF 80 AA511 (shutoff valve before level detector 1, top)
MKF80 AA514 (vent valve at level detector 1)
MKF91 AA505 (drain valve in vent gas line)
MKF91 AA513 (shutoff valve at drain)

4
Filling procedure

Fill circuit slowly with water. Terminate filling when primary


water tank is filled with water up to 3/4 on the sight glass.
Caution : Ensure that water does not enter purging gas
line during filling or addition of makeup water.

Note : Water used for filling mist be at the required pressure


4.1
before shutoff valve MKF60 AA520.
Open shutoff valve MKF60 AA520 in make-
up line

Vent external circuit through open vent valves.


Close vent valves when water emerges without bubbles.
4.2
Vent during filling

Throttle filler valve as soon as primary water tank is filled


4.3
up to 1/2 on the sight glass.
Adjust gas pressure in primary water tank
Open shutoff valve
2.3-7110-10550/2 MKF91 AA506 (shutoff valve for vent gas line)
0209E
Turbogenerators
and close shutoff valve
Operation
MKF91 AA505 (drain valve in vent gas line)

Close all vent valves. When air pressure in tank


exceeds 0.2 bar, the compressed air escapes via the
outflow regulator.

4.4
Adjust primary water tank level system at the full level
Terminate filling procedure by closing
[1].
shutoff valve MKF60 AA520 when tank is
filled up to 3/4 on sight glass.

5 Caution : Take care to prevent dry running of primary water


Place external cooling circuit into service pumps, since the sliding ring glands of the pumps must be
continuously supplied with water.

5.1 Carefully vent signal lines to pressure gauges via the


Carefully vent signal lines to pressure test connections at the respective pressure gauge shutoff
gauges valve by filling them with water.

5.2
Place primary water pump 1 in operation
for approximately 10 minutes

Vent circuit carefully by opening each vent valve several


5.3
times.
Venting and purging procedure
Maintain primary water circulation for approximately four
hours to clean the piping, coolers, etc.

5.4
Start pump 2 after pump 1 has been
stopped

5.5
Maintain circulation in external part of Vent circuit several times, as required.
primary water circuit by means of pump 1
or 2

BHEL, Haridwar 2.3-7110-10550/3


0209E
6
Activate conductivity meter system MKF80
CQ001 [2]

7
External part of primary water circuit is filled
with water; start with filling and placing into
service of water treatment system.

Also refer to following information :


[1] 2.3-7520 Activating the primary water level monitoring
system
[2] 2.3-7350 Activating the primary water conductivity meter
system

2.3-7110-10550/4
0209E
Turbogenerators Filling and Initial Operation of